Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This is an interesting study on AD(H)D. The authors combine a variety of neural and physiological metrics to study attention in a VR classroom setting. The manuscript is well written and the results are interesting, ranging from an effect of group (AD(H)D vs. control) on metrics such as envelope tracking, to multivariate regression analyses considering alpha-power, gaze, TRF, ERPs, and behaviour simultaneously. I find the first part of the results clear and strong. The multivariate analyses in Tables 1 and 2 are good ideas, but I think they would benefit from additional clarification. Overall, I think that the methodological approach is useful in itself. The rest is interesting in that it informs us on which metrics are sensitive to group effects and correlated with each other. I think this might be one interesting way forward. Indeed, much more work is needed to clarify how these results change with different stimuli and tasks. So, I see this as an interesting first step into a more naturalistic measurement of speech attention.

Strengths:

I praise the authors for this interesting attempt to tackle a challenging topic with naturalistic experiments and metrics. I think the results broadly make sense and they contribute to a complex literature that is far from being linear and cohesive.

Weaknesses:

Nonetheless, I have a few comments that I hope will help the authors improve the manuscript. Some aspects should be clearer, some methodological steps were unclear (missing details on filters), and others were carried out in a way that doesn't convince me and might be problematic (e.g., re-filtering). I also suggested areas where the authors might find some improvements, such as deriving distinct markers for the overall envelope reconstruction and its change over time, which could solve some of the issues reported in the discussion (e.g., the lack of correlation with TRF metrics).

I also have some concerns regarding reproducibility. Many details are imprecise or missing. And I did not find any comments on data and code sharing. A clarification would be appreciated on that point for sure.

There are some minor issues, typically caused by some imprecisions in the write-up. There are a few issues that could change things though (e.g., re-filtering; the worrying regularisation optimisation choices), and there I'll have to see the authors' reply to determine whether those are major issues or not. Figures should also be improved (e.g., Figure 4B is missing the ticks).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

While selective attention is a crucial ability of human beings, previous studies on selective attention are primarily conducted in a strictly controlled context, leaving a notable gap in underlying the complexity and dynamic nature of selective attention in a naturalistic context. This issue is particularly important for classroom learning in individuals with ADHD, as selecting the target and ignoring the distractions are pretty difficult for them but are the prerequisites of effective learning. The authors of this study have addressed this challenge using a well-motivated study. I believe the findings of this study will be a nice addition to the fields of both cognitive neuroscience and educational neuroscience.

Strengths:

To achieve the purpose of setting up a naturalistic context, the authors have based their study on a novel Virtual Reality platform. This is clever as it is usually difficult to perform such a study in a real classroom. Moreover, various techniques such as brain imaging, eye-tracking, and physiological measurement are combined to collect multi-level data. They found that, different from the controls, individuals with ADHD had higher neural responses to the irrelevant rather than the target sounds, and reduced speech tracking of the teacher. Additionally, the power of alpha-oscillations and frequency of gaze shifts away from the teacher are found to be associated with ADHD symptoms. These results provide new insights into the mechanism of selective attention among ADHD populations.

Weaknesses:

It is worth noting that nowadays there have been some studies trying to do so in the real classroom, and thus the authors should acknowledge the difference between the virtual and real classroom context and foresee the potential future changes.

The approach of combining multi-level data has the advantage of obtaining reliable results, but also raises significant difficulty for the readers to understand the main results.

An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions.

As expected, individuals with ADHD showed anomalous patterns of neural responses, and eye-tracking patterns, compared to the controls. But there are also some similarities between groups such as the amount of time paying attention to teachers, etc. In general, their conclusions are supported.

A discussion of the likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community, would highlight the contributions of the work.

The findings are an extension of previous efforts in understanding selective attention in the naturalistic context. The findings of this study are particularly helpful in inspiring teacher's practice and advancing the research of educational neuroscience. This study demonstrates, again, that it is important to understand the complexity of cognitive processes in the naturalistic context.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors conducted a well-designed experiment, incorporating VR classroom scenes and background sound events, with both control and ADHD participants. They employed multiple neurophysiological measures, such as EEG, eye movements, and skin conductance, to investigate the mechanistic underpinnings of paying attention in class and the disruptive effects of background noise.

The results revealed that individuals with ADHD exhibited heightened sensory responses to irrelevant sounds and reduced tracking of the teacher's speech. Overall, this manuscript presented an ecologically valid paradigm for assessing neurophysiological responses in both control and ADHD groups. The analyses were comprehensive and clear, making the study potentially valuable for the application of detecting attentional deficits.

Strengths:

• The VR learning paradigm is well-designed and ecologically valid.

• The neurophysiological metrics and analyses are comprehensive, and two physiological markers are identified capable of diagnosing ADHD.

• This research provides a valuable dataset that could serve as a benchmark for future studies on attention deficits.

Weaknesses:

• Several results are null results, i.e., no significant differences were found between ADHD and control populations.

• Although the paradigm is well-designed and ecologically valid, the specific contributions or insights from the results remain unclear.

• Lack of information regarding code and data availability.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, Jin et. al., describe SMARTR, an image analysis strategy optimized for analysis of dual-activity ensemble tagging mouse reporter lines. The pipeline performs cell segmentation, then registers the location of these cells into an anatomical atlas, and finally, calculates the degree of co-expression of the reporters in cells across brain regions. They demonstrate the utility of the method by labeling two ensemble populations during two related experiences: inescapable shock and subsequent escapable shock as part of learned helplessness.

Strengths:

(1) We appreciated that the authors provided all documentation necessary to use their method and that the scripts in their publicly available repository are well commented.

(2) The manuscript was well-written and very clear, and the methods were generally highly detailed.

Weaknesses:

(1) The heatmaps (for example, Figure 3A, B) are challenging to read and interpret due to their size. Is there a way to alter the visualization to improve interpretability? Perhaps coloring the heatmap by general anatomical region could help? We feel that these heatmaps are critical to the utility of the registration strategy, and hence, clear visualization is necessary.

(2) Additional context in the Introduction on the use of immediate early genes to label ensembles of neurons that are specifically activated during the various behavioral manipulations would enable the manuscript and methodology to be better appreciated by a broad audience.

(3) The authors mention that their segmentation strategies are optimized for the particular staining pattern exhibited by each reporter and demonstrate that the manually annotated cell counts match the automated analysis. They mention that alternative strategies are compatible, but don't show this data.

(4) The authors provided highly detailed information for their segmentation strategy, but the same level of detail was not provided for the registration algorithms. Additional details would help users achieve optimal alignment.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript describes a workflow and software package, SMARTR, for mapping and analyzing neuronal ensembles tagged using activity-dependent methods. They showcase this pipeline by analyzing ensembles tagged during the learned helplessness paradigm. This is an impressive effort, and I commend the authors for developing open-source software to make whole-brain analyses more feasible for the community. Software development is essential for modern neuroscience and I hope more groups make the effort to develop open-source, easily usable packages. However, I do have concerns over the usability and maintainability of the SMARTR package. I hope that the authors will continue to develop this package, and encourage them to make the effort to publish it within either the Bioconductor or CRAN framework.

Strengths:

This is a novel software package aiming to make the analysis of brain-wide engrams more feasible, which is much needed. The documentation for the package and workflow is solid.

Weaknesses:

While I was able to install the SMARTR package, after trying for the better part of one hour, I could not install the "mjin1812/wholebrain" R package as instructed in OSF. I also could not find a function to load an example dataset to easily test SMARTR. So, unfortunately, I was unable to test out any of the packages for myself. Along with the currently broken "tractatus/wholebrain" package, this is a good example of why I would strongly encourage the authors to publish SMARTR on either Bioconductor or CRAN in the future. The high standards set by Bioc/CRAN will ensure that SMARTR is able to be easily installed and used across major operating systems for the long term.

The package is quite large (several thousand lines include comments and space). While impressive, this does inherently make the package more difficult to maintain - and the authors currently have not included any unit tests. The authors should add unit tests to cover a large percentage of the package to ensure code stability.

Why do the authors choose to perform image segmentation outside of the SMARTR package using ImageJ macros? Leading segmentation algorithms such as CellPose and StarMap have well-documented APIs that would be easy to wrap in R. They would likely be faster as well. As noted in the discussion, making SMARTR a one-stop shop for multi-ensemble analyses would be more appealing to a user.

Given the small number of observations for correlation analyses (n=6 per group), Pearson correlations would be highly susceptible to outliers. The authors chose to deal with potential outliers by dropping any subject per region that was> 2 SDs from the group mean. Another way to get at this would be using Spearman correlation. How do these analyses change if you use Spearman correlation instead of Pearson? It would be a valuable addition for the author to include Spearman correlations as an option in SMARTR.

I see the authors have incorporated the ability to adjust p-values in many of the analysis functions (and recommend the BH procedure) but did not use adjusted p-values for any of the analyses in the manuscript. Why is this? This is particularly relevant for the differential correlation analyses between groups (Figures 3P and 4P). Based on the un-adjusted p-values, I assume few if any data points will still be significant after adjusting. While it's logical to highlight the regional correlations that strongly change between groups, the authors should caution ¬ which correlations are "significant" without adjusting for multiple comparisons. As this package now makes this analysis easily usable for all researchers, the authors should also provide better explanations for when and why to use adjusted p-values in the online documentation for new users.

The package was developed in R3.6.3. This is several years and one major version behind the current R version (4.4.3). Have the authors tested if this package runs on modern R versions? If not, this could be a significant hurdle for potential users.

Joint Public Review:

Summary:

The authors present a new application of the high-content image-based morphological profiling Cell Painting (CP) to single cell type classification in mixed heterogeneous induced pluripotent stem cell-derived mixed neural cultures. Machine learning models were trained to classify single cell types according to either "engineered" features derived from the image or from the raw CP multiplexed image. The authors systematically evaluated experimental (e.g., cell density, cell types, fluorescent channels) and computational (e.g., different models, different cell regions) parameters and convincingly demonstrated that focusing on the nucleus and its surroundings contain sufficient information for robust and accurate cell type classification. Models that were trained on mono-cultures (i.e., containing a single cell type) could generalize for cell type prediction in mixed co-cultures, and to describe intermediate states of the maturation process of iPSC-derived neural progenitors to differentiation neurons.

Strengths:

Automatically identifying single cell types in heterogeneous mixed cell populations hold great promise to characterize mixed cell populations and to discover new rules of spatial organization and cell-cell communication. Although the current manuscript focuses on the application of quality control of iPSC cultures, the same approach can be extended to a wealth of other applications including in depth study of the spatial context. The simple and high-content assay democratizes use and enables adoption by other labs.

The manuscript is supported by comprehensive experimental and computational validations that raises the bar beyond the current state of the art in the field of high-content phenotyping and makes this manuscript especially compelling. These include (i) Explicitly assessing replication biases (batch effects); (ii) Direct comparison of feature-based (a la cell profiling) versus deep-learning-based classification (which is not trivial/obvious for the application of cell profiling); (iii) Systematic assessment of the contribution of each fluorescent channel; (iv) Evaluation of cell-density dependency; (v) explicit examination of mistakes in classification; (vi) Evaluating the performance of different spatial contexts around the cell/nucleus; (vii) generalization of models trained on cultures containing a single cell type (mono-cultures) to mixed co-cultures; (viii) application to multiple classification tasks.

Comments on latest version:

I have consulted with Reviewer #3 and both of us were impressed by revised manuscript, especially by the clear and convincing evidence regarding the nucleocentric model use of the nuclear periphery and its benefit for the case of dense cultures. However, there are two issues that are incompletely addressed (see below). Until these are resolved, the "strength of evidence" was elevated to "compelling".

First, the analysis of the patch size is not clearly indicating that the 12-18um range is a critical factor (Fig. 4E). On the contrary, the performance seems to be not very sensitive to the patch size, which is actually a desired property for a method. Still, Fig. 4B convincingly shows that the nucleocentric model is not sensitive to the culture density, while the other models are. Thus, the authors can adjust their text saying that the nucleocentric approach is not sensitive to the patch size and that the patch size is selected to capture the nucleus and some margins around it, making it less prone to segmentation errors in dense cultures.

Second, the GitHub does not contain sufficient information to reproduce the analysis. Its current state is sparse with documentation that would make reproducing the work difficult. What versions of the software were used? Where should data be downloaded? The README contains references to many different argparse CLI arguments, but sparse details on what these arguments actually are, and which parameters the authors used to perform their analyses. Links to images are broken. Ideally, all of these details would be present, and the authors would include a step-by-step tutorial on how to reproduce their work. Fixing this will lead to an "exceptional" strength of evidence.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

To understand spinal locomotor circuits, we need to reveal how various types of spinal interneurons work in them. So far, the general roles of the cardinal groups of spinal interneurons (dI6, V0, V1, V2a, V2b, and V3) in locomotion have been studied but not fully understood. Each group is believed to contain some subgroups with more detailed functional differences. However, each character and function of these subgroups has yet to be elucidated.

In this study, Worthy et al. investigated V1 neurons, one of the main groups of inhibitory neurons in the spinal cord. Previous reports proposed four major clades in V1 neurons defined by the expression of transcription factors (MafA/MafB, Foxp2, sp8, and pou6f2). The authors investigated the birth time for V1 neurons in each of the four clades and showed the postnatal location in the spinal cord with different birthdates. Next, the authors investigated the Foxp2-V1 population in detail using genetically labeled Foxp2-V1 mice. They found some FoxP2-V1 located near LMC motor neurons that innervate limbs. They showed that most of the synapses of V1 neurons on the cell bodies of LMC motor neurons were from Foxp2-V1 and Renshaw cells, and the proportion of Foxp2-V1 synapses in V1 synapses on motor neurons was relatively high in LMC compared to other motor columns. They also proposed that Foxp2-V1 can be further classified according to the expression of transcription factors Otp and Foxp4. The results of this paper are well supported by the data obtained using widely used methods.

This study will be helpful for future analyses of the development and function of V1 neurons. In particular, the discovery of strong synaptic connections between Foxp2-V1 and LMC motor neurons will be beneficial in analyzing the role of V1 neurons in motor circuits that generate movement of the limbs.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work brings important information regarding the composition of interneurons in the mammalian spinal cord, with a developmental perspective. Indeed, for the past decades, tools inspired from developmental biology have opened up promising avenues for challenging the functional heterogeneity in the spinal cord. They rely on the fact that neurons sharing similar mature properties also share a largely similar history of expression of specific transcription factor (TF) genes during embryogenic and postnatal development. For instance, neurons originating from p1 progenitors and expressing the TF Engrailed-1, form the V1 neuronal class. While such "cardinal" neuronal classes defined by one single RF indeed share numerous features - e.g., for the case of V1 neurons, a ventral positioning, an inhibitory nature and ipsilatetal projections - there is accumulating evidence for a finer-grained diversity and specialization in each class which is still largely obscure. The present work studies the heterogeneity of V1 interneurons and describes multiple classes based on their birthdate, final positioning, and expression of additional TF. It brings in particular a solid characterization of the Foxp2-expressing V1 interneurons for which authors also delve into the connectivity, and hence, possible functional implication. The work will be of interest to developmental biologists and those interested in the organization of the locomotor spinal network.

Strengths:

This study has deeply analyzed the diversity of V1 neurons by intersecting multiple criteria: TF expression, birthdate, location in the spinal cord, diversity along the rostro-caudal axis, and for some subsets, connectivity. This illustrates and exemplifies the absolute need to not consider cardinal classes, defined by one single TF, as homogeneous. Rather, it highlights the limits of single-TF classification and exemplifies the existence of further diversity within the cardinal class.

Experiments are generally well performed with a satisfactory number of animals and adequate statistical tests.

Authors have also paid strong attention to potential differences in cell-type classification when considering neurons currently expressing of a given TF (e.g., using antibodies), from those defined as having once expressed that TF (e.g., defined by a lineage-tracing strategy). This ambiguity is a frequent source of discrepancy of findings across studies.

Furthermore, there is a risk in developmental studies to overlook the fact that the spinal cord is functionally specialized rostro-caudally, and to generalize features that may only be applicable to a specific segment and hence to a specific motor pool. While motoneurons share the same dorso-ventral origin and appear homogenous on a ChAT staining, specific clusters are dedicated to specific muscle groups, e.g., axial, hypaxial or limb muscles. Here, the authors make the important distinction between different lumbar levels and detail the location and connectivity of their neurons of interest with respect to specific clusters of MN.

Finally, the authors are fully transparent on inter-animal variability in their representation and quantification. This is crucial to avoid the overgeneralization of findings but to rather provide a nuanced understanding of the complexities of spinal circuits.

Weaknesses:

The different V1 populations have been investigated in detail regarding their development and positioning, but their functional ambition is not directly investigated through gain or loss of function experiments in the present study. While the putative inputs onto motoneurons are interesting and suggestive of differences between V1 pools, they are only a little predictive of function.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript by Napoli et al, the authors study the intracellular function of Cytosolic S100A8/A9 a myeloid cell soluble protein that operates extracellularly as an alarmin, whose intracellular function is not well characterized. Here, the authors utilize state-of-the-art intravital microscopy to demonstrate that adhesion defects observed in cells lacking S100A8/A9 (Mrp14-/-) are not rescued by exogenous S100A8/A9, thus highlighting an intrinsic defect. Based on this result subsequent efforts were employed to characterize the nature of those adhesion defects.

Strengths:

The authors convincingly show that Mrp14-/- neutrophils have normal rolling but defective adhesion caused by impaired CD11b activation (deficient ICAM1 binding). Analysis of cellular spreading (defective in Mrp14-/- cells) are also sound. The manuscript then focuses on selective signaling pathways and calcium measurements. Overall, this is a straightforward study of biologically important proteins and mechanisms.

Weaknesses:

Some suggestions are included below to improve this manuscript.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Napoli et al. provide a compelling study showing the importance of cytosolic S100A8/9 in maintaining calcium levels at LFA-1 nano clusters at the cell membrane, thus allowing the successful crawling and adherence of neutrophils under shear stress. The authors show that cytosolic S100A8/9 is responsible for retaining stable and high concentrations of calcium specifically at LFA-1 nanoclusters upon binding to ICAM-1, and imply that this process aids in facilitating actin polymerisation involved in cell shape and adherence. The authors show early on that S100A8/9 deficient neutrophils fail to extravasate successfully into the tissue, thus suggesting that targeting cytosolic S100A8/9 could be useful in settings of autoimmunity/acute inflammation where neutrophil-induced collateral damage is unwanted.

Strengths:

Using multiple complementary methods from imaging to western blotting and flow cytometry, including extracellular supplementation of S100A8/9 in vivo, the authors conclusively prove a defect in intracellular S100A8/9, rather than extracellular S100A8/9 was responsible for the loss in neutrophil adherence, and pinpointed that S100A8/9 aided in calcium stabilisation and retention at the plasma membrane.

Weaknesses:

(1) Extravasation is shown to be a major defect of Mrp14-/- neutrophils, but the Giemsa staining in Figure 1H seems to be quite unspecific to me, as neutrophils were determined by nuclear shape and granularity, which could be affected by the angle at which the nucleus is viewed. It would have perhaps been cleaner/clearer to use immunofluorescence staining for neutrophils instead as seen in Supplementary Figure 1A (staining for Ly6G or other markers instead of S100A9).

Addressed issues:

(1) The representative image for Mrp14-/- neutrophils used in Figure 4K to demonstrate the Ripley's K function seems to be very different from that shown above in Figure 4C and 4F. In their response to reviewers, the authors reassure that all data has been included in the analysis.

(2) In the initial submission the authors needed to provide a more direct linkage between cytosolic S100A8/9 and actin polymerisation, which subsequently results in the arrest and adherence of neutrophils. The authors did an additional experiment indicating the co-localization of S100A8/9 with LFA-1, indicating that the spatial localisation of S100A8/9 does shift towards the membrane with activation. Further, the authors confirm that the defect is only apparent only in conditions of shear stress, as transwell migration of Mrp14-/- neutrophils is not affected.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study characterized the cellular and molecular mechanisms of spike timing-dependent long-term depression (t-LTD) at the synapses between excitatory afferents from lateral (LPP) and medial (MPP) perforant pathways to granule cells (GC) of the dentate gyrus (DG) in mice.

Strengths:

The electrophysiological experiments are thorough. The experiments are systematically reported and support the conclusions drawn.<br /> This study extends current knowledge by elucidating additional plasticity mechanisms at PP-GC synapses, complementing existing literature.

Comments on the revised version:

The revised study introduces two additional approaches to confirm astrocyte involvement in t-LTD: loading astrocytes with tetanus toxin light chain to inhibit exocytosis, and using Evans blue to block vesicular glutamate uptake. These new findings further reinforce the conclusion that t-LTD relies on Ca2+-dependent glutamate exocytosis from astrocytes.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work reports the existence of spike timing-dependent long-term depression (t-LTD) of excitatory synaptic strength at two synapses of the dentate gyrus granule cell, which are differently connected to the entorhinal cortex via either the lateral or medial perforant pathways (LPP or MPP, respectively). Using patch-clamp electrophysiological recording of tLTD in combination with either pharmacology or a genetically modified mouse model, they provide information on the differences in the molecular mechanism underlying this t-LTD at the two synapses.

Strengths:

The two synapses analyzed in this study have been understudied. This new data thus provides interesting new information on a plasticity process at these synapses, and the authors demonstrate subtle differences in the underlying molecular mechanisms at play. Experiments are in general well controlled and provide robust data that are properly interpreted.<br /> The data provided to demonstrate that glutamate release from astrocytes is necessary for these plasticity mechanisms are strong. This is particularly interesting as another example of how astrocytes regulate synapse plasticity.

Weaknesses:

This work was performed at young synapses and the highlighted mechanisms are therefore pertinent to this age, as acknowledged by the authors. We currently don't know if these mechanisms are still at play at the adult synapse.

Significance:

While this is the first report of t-LTD at these synapses, this plasticity process has been mechanistically well investigated at other synapses in the hippocampus and in the cortex. Nevertheless, this new data suggests that mechanistic differences in the induction of t-LTD at these two DG synapses could contribute to the differences in the physiological influence of the LPP and MPP pathways.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Coatl et al. investigated the mechanisms of synaptic plasticity of two important hippocampal synapses, the excitatory afferents from lateral and medial perforant pathways (LPP and MPP, respectively) of the entorhinal cortex (EC) connecting to granule cells of the hippocampal dentate gyrus (DG). They find that these two different EC-DG synaptic connections in mice show a presynaptically expressed form of long-term depression (LTD) requiring postsynaptic calcium, eCB synthesis, CB1R activation, astrocyte activity, and metabotropic glutamate receptor activation. Interestingly, LTD at MPP-GC synapses requires ionotropic NMDAR activation whereas LTD at LPP-GC synapse is NMDAR independent. Thus, they discovered two novel forms of t-LTD that require astrocytes at EC-GC synapses. Although plasticity of EC-DG granule cell (GC) synapses has been studied using classical protocols, These are the first analyses of the synaptic plasticity induced by spike timing dependent protocols at these synapses. Interestingly, the data also indicate that t-LTD at each type of synapse require different group I mGluRs, with LPP-GC synapses dependent on mGluR5 and MPP-GC t-LTD requiring mGluR1.

The authors performed a detailed analysis of the coefficient of variation of the EPSP slopes, miniature responses and different approaches (failure rate, PPRs, CV, and mEPSP frequency and amplitude analysis) they demonstrate a decrease in the probability of neurotransmitter release and a presynaptic locus for these two forms of LTD at both types of synapses. By using elegant electrophysiological experiments and taking the advantage of the conditional dominant-negative (dn) SNARE mice in which doxycycline administration blocks exocytosis and impairs vesicle release by astrocytes, they demonstrate that both LTD forms require the release of gliotransmitters from astrocytes. These data add in an interesting way to the ongoing discussion on whether LTD induced by STDP participates in refining synapses potentially weakening excitatory synapses under the control of different astrocytic networks. The conclusions of this paper are well supported by data.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary

The main goal of the study was to tease apart the associative and non-associative elements of cued fear conditioning that could influence which defensive behaviors are expressed. To do this, the authors compared groups conditioned with paired, unpaired, or shock only procedures followed by extinction of the cue. The cue used in the study was not typical; serial presentation of a tone followed by a white noise (or reversed) was used in order to assess switches in behavior across the transition from tone to white noise. Many defensive behaviors beyond the typical freezing assessments were measured, and both male and female mice were included throughout. The authors found changes in behavioral transitions from freezing to flight during conditioning as the tone transitioned into white noise, and a switch in freezing during extinction such that it became high during the white noise as flight behavior decreased. Overall, this was an interesting analysis of transitions in defensive behaviors to a serially presented cue consisting of two auditory stimuli during conditioning and then extinction.

Strengths

The highlights in this study were the significant switches in freezing and escape-like behaviors as the cue transitioned between the two auditory stimuli during fear conditioning, and then adjustment of those behaviors across extinction.

These main findings were a result of thorough behavioral analyses with key control groups (reversed stimulus order, unpaired conditioning, and shock only groups), assessing freezing, jumping, darting and tail rattling to try to parse out associative versus non-associative features of the behavioral profiles.

Weaknesses

While the detailed analyses of defensive behaviors in mice in a situation of signaled imminent threat adds valuable knowledge to those studying fear conditioning, the caveat is that it is unclear how broadly applicable these findings truly will be. It makes sense that similar transitions in defensive behaviors will occur across organisms, but each organism and each psychiatric disorder will have unique profiles.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors examined several defensive responses elicited during Pavlovian conditioning using a serial compound stimulus (SCS) as the conditioned stimulus (CS) and a shock unconditioned stimulus (US) in male and female mice. The SCS consisted of a tone pips followed by white noise. Their design included conditions in which mice were exposed to the CS and US in a paired fashion, in an unpaired fashion, or only exposed to the shock US, as well as paired and unpaired conditions that reversed the order of the SCS. They compared freezing, jumping, darting, and tail rattling across all groups during conditioning and extinction. During conditioning, strong freezing responses to the tone pips followed by strong jumping and darting responses to the white noise were present in the paired group but less robust or not present in the unpaired or shock only groups. During extinction, tone-induced freezing diminished while the jumping was replaced by freezing and darting in the paired group. Together, these findings support the idea that associative pairings are necessary for conditioned defensive responses.

Strengths:

The study has strong control groups including a group that receives the same stimuli in an unpaired fashion and another control group that only receives the shock US and no CS to test the associative value of the SCS to the US. The authors examine a wide variety of defensive behaviors that emerge during conditioning and shift throughout extinction: in addition to the standard freezing response, jumping, darting, and tail rattling were also measured.

The revised version has greatly strengthened this study by including additional control groups (e.g., reversing the order of the compound stimuli in both paired and unpaired conditions).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Plasticity in the basolateral amygdala (BLA) is thought to underlie the formation of associative memories between neutral and aversive stimuli, i.e. fear memory. Concomitantly, fear learning modifies the expression of BLA theta rhythms, which may be supported by local interneurons. Several of these interneuron subtypes, PV+, SOM+, and VIP+, have been implicated in the acquisition of fear memory. However, it was unclear how they might act synergistically to produce BLA rhythms that structure the spiking of principal neurons so as to promote plasticity. Cattani et al. explored this question using small network models of biophysically detailed interneurons and principal neurons.

Using this approach, the authors had four principal findings:

(1) Intrinsic conductances in VIP+ interneurons generate a slow theta rhythm that periodically inhibits PV+ and SOM+ interneurons, while disinhibiting principal neurons.<br /> (2) A gamma rhythm arising from the interaction between PV+ and principal neurons establishes the precise timing needed for spike-timing-dependent plasticity.<br /> (3) Removal of any of the interneuron subtypes abolishes conditioning-related plasticity.<br /> (4) Learning-related changes in principal cell connectivity enhance expression of slow theta in the local field potential.

The strength of this work is that it explores the role of multiple interneuron subtypes in the formation of associative plasticity in the basolateral amygdala. The authors use biophysically detailed cell models that capture many of their core electrophysiological features, which helps translate their results into concrete hypotheses that can be tested in vivo. Moreover, they try to align the connectivity and afferent drive of their model with those found experimentally.

A drawback to this study is the construction of the afferent drive to the network, which does not elicit activities that are consistent with the majority of those observed to similar stimuli. The authors discuss this issue in depth, and provide potential mechanisms that may overcome it.

Setting aside the issues with the conditioning protocol, the study offers a model for the generation of multiple rhythms in the BLA that is ripe for experimental testing. The most promising avenue would be in vivo experiments testing the role of local VIP+ neurons in the generation of slow theta. That would go a long way to resolving whether BLA theta is locally generated or inherited from medial prefrontal cortex or ventral hippocampus afferents.

The broader importance of this work is that it illustrates that we must examine the function of neurons not just in terms of their behavioral correlates, but by their effects on the microcircuit they are embedded within. No one cell type is instrumental in producing fear learning in the BLA. Each contributes to the orchestration of network activity to produce plasticity. Moreover, this study reinforces a growing literature highlighting the crucial role of theta and gamma rhythms in BLA function.

Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

Summary:

In this study the authors demonstrated that ablation of astrocytes in lumbar spinal cord not only reduced neuropathic pain but also caused microglia activation. Furthermore, RNA sequencing and bioinformatics revealed an activation of STING/type I IFNs signal pathway in spinal cord microglia after astrocyte ablation.

Strengths:

The findings are novel and interesting and provide new insights into astrocyte-microglia interaction in neuropathic pain. This study may also offer a new therapeutic strategy for the treatment of debilitating neuropathic pain in patients with SCI.

Weaknesses:

The authors have provided a satisfactory explanation of the comments on sample size, statistics, and the sex of the animals. The statistic was reworked.

Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

Summary:

In the manuscript, Zhao et al. have carried out a thorough examination of the effects of targeted ablation of resident astrocytes on behavior, cellular responses, and gene expression after spinal cord injury. Employing transgenic mice models alongside pharmacogenetic techniques, the authors have successfully achieved the selective removal of these resident astrocytes. This intervention led to a notable reduction in neuropathic pain and induced a shift in microglial cell reactivation states within the spinal cord, significantly altering transcriptome profiles predominantly associated with interferon (IFN) signaling pathways.

Strengths:

The findings presented add considerable value to the current understanding of the role of astrocyte elimination in neuropathic pain, offering convincing evidence that supports existing hypotheses and valuable insights into the interactions between astrocytes and microglial cells, likely through IFN-mediated mechanisms. This contribution is highly relevant and suggests that further exploration in this direction could yield meaningful results.

Weaknesses:

The authors have satisfactorily addressed the comments regarding further clarifications and statistical methods.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The manuscript under review investigates the role of periosteal stem cells (P-SSC) in bone marrow regeneration using a whole-bone subcutaneous transplantation model. While the model is somewhat artificial, the findings were interesting, suggesting the migration of periosteal stem cells into the bone marrow and their potential to become bone marrow stromal cells. This indicates a significant plasticity of P-SSC consistent with previous reports using fracture models (Cell Stem Cell 29:1547, Dev Cell 59:1192).

Major Concerns

(1) The authors assert that the periosteal layer was completely removed in their model, which is crucial for their conclusions. To substantiate this claim, it is recommended that the authors provide evidence of the successful removal of the entire periosteal stem cell (P-SSC) population. A colony-forming assay, with and without periosteal removal, could serve as a suitable method to demonstrate this.

(2) The observation that P-SSCs do not express Kitl or Cxcl12, while their bone marrow stromal cell (BM-MSC) derivatives do, is a key finding. To strengthen this conclusion, the authors are encouraged to repeat the experiment using Cxcl12 or Scf reporter alleles. Immunofluorescence staining that confirms the migration of periosteal cells and their transformation into Cxcl12- or Scf-reporter-positive cells would significantly enhance the paper's key conclusion.

(3) On page 8, line 20, the authors' statement regarding the detection of Periostin+ cells outside the periosteum layer could be misinterpreted due to the use of the periostin antibody. Given that periostin is an extracellular matrix protein, the staining may not accurately represent Periostin-expressing cells but rather the presence of periostin in the extracellular matrix. The authors should revise this section for greater precision.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors have established a femur graft model that allows the study of hematopoietic regeneration following transplantation. They have extensively characterized this model, demonstrating the loss of hematopoietic cells from the donor femur following transplantation, with recovery of hematopoiesis from recipient cells. They also show evidence that BM MSCs present in the graft following transplantation are graft-derived. They have utilized this model to show that following transplantation, periosteal cells respond by first expanding, then giving rise to more periosteal SSCs, and then migrating into the marrow to give rise to BM MSCs.

Strengths:

These studies are notable in several ways:

(1) Establishment of a novel femur graft model for the study of hematopoiesis;

(2) Use of lineage tracing and surgery models to demonstrate that periosteal cells can give rise to BM MSCs.

Weaknesses:

There are a few weaknesses. First, the authors do not definitively demonstrate the requirement of periosteal SSC movement into the BM cavity for hematopoietic recovery. Hematopoiesis recovers significantly before 5 months, even before significant P-SSC movement has been shown, and hematopoiesis recovers significantly even when periosteum has been stripped. Second, it is not clear how the periosteum is changing in the grafts. Which cells are expanding is unclear, and it is not clear if these cells have already adopted a more MSC-like phenotype prior to entering the marrow space. Indeed, given the presence of host-derived endothelial cells in the BM, these studies are reminiscent of prior studies from this group and others that re-endothelialization of the marrow may be much more important for determining hematopoietic regeneration, rather than the P-SSC migration. Third, the studies exploring the preferential depletion of BM MSCs vs P-SSCs are difficult to interpret. The single metabolic stress condition chosen was not well-justified, and the use of purified cell populations to study response to stress ex vivo may have introduced artifacts into the system.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Marchand, Akinnola, et al. describe the use of the novel model to study BM regeneration. Here, they harvest intact femurs and subcutaneously graft them into recipient mice. Similar to standard BM regeneration models, there is a rapid decrease in cellularity followed by a gradual recovery over 5 months within the grafts. At 5 months, these grafts have robust HSC activity, similar to HSCs isolated from the host femur. They find that periosteum skeletal stem cells (p-SSCs) are the primary source of BM-MSCs within the grafted femur and that these cells are more resistant to the acute stress of grafting the femur.

Strengths:

This is an interesting manuscript that describes a novel model to study BM regeneration. The model has tremendous promise.

Weaknesses:

The authors claim that grafting intact femurs subcutaneously is a model of BM regeneration and can be used as a replacement for gold standard BM regeneration assays such as sublethal chemo/irradiation. However, there isn't enough explanation as to how this model is equivalent or superior to the traditional models. For instance, the authors claim that this model allows for the study of "BM regeneration in vivo in response to acute injury using genetic tools." This can and has been done numerous times with established, physiologically relevant BM regeneration models. The onus is on the authors to discuss or perform the necessary experiments to justify the use of this model. For example, standard BM regeneration models involve systemic damage that is akin to therapies that require BM regeneration. How is studying the current model that provides only an acute injury more relevant and useful than other models? As it stands, it seems as if the authors could have done all the experiments demonstrating the importance of these p-SSCs in the traditional myelosuppressive BM regeneration models to be more physiologically relevant. Along these lines, the use of a standard BM regeneration model (e.g., sublethal chemo/irradiation) as a critical control is missing and should be included. Even if the control doesn't demonstrate that p-SSCs can contribute to the BM-MSC during regeneration, it will still be important because it could be the justification for using the described model to specifically study p-SSCs' regulation of BM regeneration.

The authors perform some analysis that suggests that grafting a whole femur mimics BM regeneration, but there are many experiments missing from the manuscript that will be necessary to support the use of this model. To demonstrate that this new model mimics current BM regeneration models, the authors need to perform a careful examination of the early kinetics of hematopoietic recovery post-transplant. Complete blood counts should be performed on the grafts, focusing on white blood cells (particularly neutrophils), red blood cells, platelets, all critical indicators of BM regeneration. This analysis should be done at early time points that include weekly analysis for a minimum of 28 days following the graft. Additionally, understanding how and when the vasculature recovers is critical. This is particularly important because it is well-established that if there is a delay in vascular recovery, there is a delay in hematopoietic recovery. As mentioned above, a standard BM regeneration model should be used as a control.

The contribution of donor and host cells to the BM regeneration of the graft is interesting. Particularly, the chimerism of the vasculature. One can assume that for the graft to undergo BM regeneration, there needs to be the delivery of nutrients into the graft via the vasculature. The chimerism of the vascular network suggests that host endothelial cells anastomose with the graft. Host mice should have their vascular system labeled with a dye such as dextran to determine if anastomosis has occurred. If not, the authors need to explain how this graft survives up to 5 months. If anastomosis does occur, then it is very surprising that the hematopoietic system of the graft is not a chimera because this would essentially be a parabiosis model. This needs to be explained.

Most of the data presented for the resistance of p-SSCs to stress suggests DNA damage response. Do p-SSCs demonstrate a higher ability to resolve DNA damage? Do they accumulate less DNA damage? Staining for DNA damage foci or performing comet assays could be done to further define the mechanism of stress resistance properties of p-SSCs.

Given the importance of BM-MSCs in hematopoiesis and that the majority of the emerging BM-MSCs appear to be derived from p-SSCs, the authors should perform experiments to determine if p-SSC-derived BM-MSCs are critical regulators of BM regeneration. For example, the authors could test this by crossing the Postn-creER mice with iDTR mice to ablate these cells and see if recovery is inhibited or delayed. This should be done with the described periosteum-wrapped femur graft model as well as a control BM regeneration model. Demonstrating that the deletion of these cells affects BM regeneration in both models would further justify the physiological relevance and utility of the femur graft model.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from the preoptic area (POA) to the posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

Strengths

The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature-induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

Weaknesses

(1) There is no quantification of cFos/rabies overlap shown in Figure 2, and no report of whether the POA-PVT circuit has a higher percentage of Fos+ cells than the general POA population. Similarly, there is no quantification of cFos in POA recipient PVT cells for Figure 2 Supplement 2.

(2) The authors do not address whether stimulation of POA-PVT also increases core body temperature in Figure 3 or its relevant supplements. This seems like an important phenotype to make note of and could be addressed with a thermal camera or telemetry.

(3) In Figure 3G: is Day 1 vs Day 22 "pre-heat" significant? The statistics are not shown, but this would be the most conclusive comparison to show that POA-PVT cells develop persistent activity after chronic heat exposure, which is one of the main claims the authors make in the text. This analysis is necessary in order to make the claim of persistent circuit activity after chronic heat exposure.

(4) In Figure 4, the control virus (AAV1-EYFP) is a different serotype and reporter than the ChR2 virus (AAV9-ChR2-mCherry). This discrepancy could lead to somewhat different baseline behaviors.

(5) In Figure 5G, N for the photometry data: the authors assess the maximum z-score as a measure of the strength of calcium response, however the area under the curve (AUC) is a more robust and useful readout than the maximum z score for this. Maximum z-score can simply identify brief peaks in amplitude, but the overall area under the curve seems quite similar, especially for Figure 5N.

(6) For Fig 5V: the authors run the statistics on behavior bouts pooled from many animals, but it is better to do this analysis as an animal average, not by compiling bouts. Compiling bouts over-inflates the power and can yield significant p values that would not exist if the analysis were carried out with each animal as an n of 1.

(7) In general this is an excellent analysis of circuit function but leaves out the question of whether there may be other inputs to pPVT that also mediate the same behavioral effect. Future experiments that use activity-dependent Fos-TRAP labeling in combination with rabies can identify other inputs to heat-sensitive pPVT cells, which may have convergent or divergent functions compared to the POA inputs.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

The study by Cao et al. highlights an interesting and important aspect of heat- and thermal biology: the effect of repetitive, long-term heat exposure and its impact on brain function.<br /> Even though peripheral, sensory temperature sensors and afferent neuronal pathways conveying acute temperature information to the CNS have been well established, it is largely unknown how persistent, long-term temperature stimuli interact with and shape CNS function, and how these thermally-induced CNS alterations modulate efferent pathways to change physiology and behavior. This study is therefore not only novel but, given global warming, also timely.

The authors provide compelling evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation and they convincingly show that these changes affect behavioral outputs such as social interactions, and anxiety-related behaviors.

Strengths

(1) It is impressive that the assessed behaviors can be (i) recruited by optogenetic fiber activation and (ii) inhibited by optogenetic fiber inhibition when mice are exposed to heat. Technically, when/how long is the fiber inhibition performed? It says in the text "3 min on and 3 min off". Is this only during the 20-minute heat stimulation or also at other times?

(2) It is interesting that the frequency of activity in pPVT neurons, as assessed by fiber photometry, stays increased after long-term heat exposure (day 22) when mice are back at normal room temperature. This appears similar to a previous study that found long-term heat exposure to transform POA neurons plastically to become tonically active (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2024.08.06.606929v1 ). Interestingly, the POA neurons that become tonically active by persistent heat exposure described in the above study are largely excitatory, and thus these could drive the activity of the pPVT neurons analyzed in this study.

(3) How can it be reconciled that the majority of the inputs from the POA are found to be largely inhibitory (Fig. 2H)? Is it possible that this result stems from the fact that non-selective POA-to-pPVT projections are labelled by the approach used in this study and not only those pathways activated by heat? These points would be nice to discuss.

(4) It is very interesting that no LTP can be induced after chronic heat exposure (Figures K-M); the authors suggest that "the pathway in these mice were already saturated" (line 375). Could this hypothesis be tested in slices by employing a protocol to extinguish pre-existing (chronic heat exposure-induced) LTP? This would provide further strength to the findings/suggestion that an important synaptic plasticity mechanism is at play that conveys behavioral changes upon chronic heat stimulation.

(5) It is interesting that long-term heat does not increase parameters associated with depression (Figure 1N-Q), how is it with acute heat stress, are those depression parameters increased acutely? It would be interesting to learn if "depression indicators" increase acutely but then adapt (as a consequence of heat acclimation) or if they are not changed at all and are also low during acute heat exposure.

Weaknesses/suggestions for improvements

(1) The introduction and general tenet of the study is, to us, a bit too one-sided/biased: generally, repetitive heat exposure --heat acclimation-- paradigms are known to not only be detrimental to animals and humans but also convey beneficial effects in allowing the animals and humans to gain heat tolerance (by strengthening the cardiovascular system, reducing energy metabolism and weight, etc.).

(2) The point is well taken that these authors here want to correlate their model (90 minutes of heat exposure per day) to heat waves. Nevertheless, and to more fully appreciate the entire biology of repetitive/chronic/persistent heat exposure (heat acclimation), it would be helpful to the general readership if the authors would also include these other aspects in their introduction (and/or discussion) and compare their 90-minute heat exposure paradigm to other heat acclimation paradigms. For example, many past studies (using mice or rats) have used more subtle temperatures but permanently (and not only for 90 minutes) stimulated them over several days and weeks (for example see PMID: 35413138). This can have several beneficial effects related to cardiovascular fitness, energy metabolism, and other aspects. In this regard: 38{degree sign}C used in this study is a very high temperature for mice, in particular when they are placed there without acclimating slowly to this temperature but are directly placed there from normal ambient temperatures (22{degree sign}C-24{degree sign}C) which is cold/coolish for mice. Since the accuracy of temperature measurement is given as +/- 2{degree sign}C, it could also be 40{degree sign}C -- this temperature, 40{degree sign}C, non-heat acclimated C57bl/6 mice will not survive for long.

The authors could consider discussing that this very strong, short episodic heat-stress model used here in this study may emphasize detrimental effects of heat, while more subtle long-term persistent exposure may be able to make animals adapt to heat, become more tolerant, and perhaps even prevent the detrimental cognitive effects observed in this study (which would be interesting to assess in a follow-up study).

(3) Line 140: It would help to be clear in the text that the behaviors are measured 1 day after the acute heat exposure - this is mentioned in the legend to the figure, but we believe it is important to stress this point also in the text. Similarly, this is also relevant for chronic heat stimulation: it needs to be made very clear that the behavior is measured 1 day after the last heat stimulus. If the behaviors had been measured during the heat stimulus, the results would likely be very different.

(4) Figure 2 D and Figure 2- Figure Supplement 1: since there is quite some baseline cFos activity in the pPVT region we believe it is important to include some control (room temperature) mice with anterograde labelling; in our view, it is difficult/not possible to conclude, based on Fig 2 supplement 2C, that nearly 100% of the cfos positive cells are contacted by POA fibre terminals (line 168). By eye there are several green cells that don't have any red label on (or next to) them; additionally, even if there is a little bit of red signal next to a green cell: this is not definitive proof that this is a synaptic contact. It is therefore advisable to revisit the quantification and also revisit the interpretation/wording about synaptic contacts.

In relation to the above: Figure 2h suggests that all neurons are connected (the majority receiving inhibitory inputs), is this really the case, is there not a single neuron out of the 63 recorded pPVT neurons that does not receive direct synaptic input from the POA?

(5) It would be nice to characterize the POA population that connects to the pPVT, it is possible/likely that not only warm-responsive POA neurons connect to that region but also others. The current POA-to-pPVT optogenetic fibre stimulations (Figure 4) are not selective for preoptic warm responsive neurons; since the POA subserves many different functions, this optogenetic strategy will likely activate other pathways. The referees acknowledge that molecular analysis of the POA population would be a major undertaking. Instead, this could be acknowledged in the discussion, for example in a section like "limitation of this study".

(6) Figure 3a the strategy to express Gcamp in a Cre-dependent manner: it seems that the Gcamp8f signal would be polluted by EGFP (coming from the Cre virus injected into the POA): The excitation peak for both is close to 490nm and emission spectra/peaks of GCaMP8f (510-520 nm) and EGFP (507-510 nm) are also highly overlapping. We presume that the high background (EGFP) fluorescence signal would preclude sensitive calcium detection via Gcamp8f, how did the authors tackle this problem?

(7) How did the authors perform the social interaction test (Figures 1F, G)? Was the intruder mouse male or female? If it was a male mouse would the interaction with the female mouse be a form of mating behavior? If so, the interpretation of the results (Figures 1F, G) could be "episodic heat exposure over the course of 3 weeks reduces mating behavior".

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

In this study, Cao et al. explore the neural mechanisms by which chronic heat exposure induces negative valence and hyperarousal in mice, focusing on the role of the posterior paraventricular nucleus (pPVT) neurons that receive projections from the preoptic area (POA). The authors show that chronic heat exposure leads to heightened activity of the POA projection-receiving pPVT neurons, potentially contributing to behavioral changes such as increased anxiety level and reduced sociability, along with heightened startle responses. In addition, using electrophysiological methods, the authors suggest that increased membrane excitability of pPVT neurons may underlie these behavioral changes. The use of a variety of behavioral assays enhances the robustness of their claim. Moreover, while previous research on thermoregulation has predominantly focused on physiological responses to thermal stress, this study adds a unique and valuable perspective by exploring how thermal stress impacts affective states and behaviors, thereby broadening the field of thermoregulation. However, a few points warrant further consideration to enhance the clarity and impact of the findings.

(1) The authors claim that behavior changes induced by chronic heat exposure are mediated by the POA-pPVT circuit. However, it remains unclear whether these changes are unique to heat exposure or if this circuit represents a more general response to chronic stress. It would be valuable to include control experiments with other forms of chronic stress, such as chronic pain, social defeat, or restraint stress, to determine if the observed changes in the POA-pPVT circuit are indeed specific to thermal stress or indicative of a more universal stress response mechanism.

(2) The authors use the term "negative emotion and hyperarousal" to interpret behavioral changes induced by chronic heat (consistently throughout the manuscript, including the title and lines 33-34). However, the term "emotion" is broad and inherently difficult to quantify, as it encompasses various factors, including both valence and arousal (Tye, 2018; Barrett, L. F. 1999; Schachter, S. 1962). Therefore, the reviewer suggests the authors use a more precise term to describe these behaviors, such as valence. Additionally, in lines 117 and 137-139, replacing "emotion" with "stress responses," a term that aligns more closely with the physiological observations, would provide greater specificity and clarity in interpreting the findings.

(3) Related to the role of POA input to pPVT,<br /> a) The authors showed increased activity in pPVT neurons that receive projections from the POA (Figure 3), and these neurons are necessary for heat-induced behavioral changes (Figures 4N-W). However, is the POA input to the pPVT circuit truly critical? Since recipient pPVT neurons can receive inputs from various brain regions, the reviewer suggests that experiments directly inhibiting the POA-to-pPVT projection itself are needed to confirm the role of POA input. Alternatively, the authors could show that the increased activity of pPVT neurons due to chronic heat exposure is not observed when the POA is blocked. If these experiments are not feasible, the reviewer suggests that the authors consider toning down the emphasis on the role of the POA throughout the manuscript and discuss this as a limitation.<br /> b) In the electrophysiology experiments shown in Figures 6A-I, the authors conducted in vitro slice recordings on pPVT neurons. However, the interpretation of these results (e.g., "The increase in presynaptic excitability of the POA to pPVT excitatory pathway suggested plastic changes induced by the chronic heat treatment.", lines 349-350) appears to be an overclaim. It is difficult to conclude that the increased excitability of pPVT neurons due to heat exposure is specifically caused by inputs from the POA. To clarify this, the reviewer suggests the authors conduct experiments targeting recipient neurons in the pPVT, with anterograde labeling from the POA to validate the source of excitatory inputs.

(4) The authors focus on the excitatory connection between the POA and pPVT (e.g., "Together, our results indicate that most of the pPVT-projecting POA neurons responded to heat treatment, which would then recruit their downstream neurons in the pPVT by exerting a net excitatory influence.", lines 169-171). However, are the POA neurons projecting to the pPVT indeed excitatory? This is surprising, considering i) the electrophysiological data shown in Figures 2E-K that inhibitory current was recorded in 52.4% of pPVT neurons by stimulation of POA terminal, and ii) POA projection neurons involved in modulating thermoregulatory responses to other brain regions are primarily GABAergic (Tan et al., 2016; Morrison and Nakamura, 2019). The reviewer suggests showing whether the heat-responsive POA neurons projecting to the pPVT are indeed excitatory (This could be achieved by retrogradely labeling POA neurons that project to the pPVT and conducting fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) assays against Slc32a1, Slc17a6, and Fos to label neurons activated by warmth). Alternatively, demonstrate, at least, that pPVT-projecting POA neurons are a distinct population from the GABAergic POA neurons that project to thermoregulatory regions such as DMH or rRPa. This would clarify how the POA-pPVT circuit integrates with the previously established thermoregulatory pathways.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This paper presents a model of the whole somatosensory non-barrel cortex of the rat, with 4.2 million morphologically and electrically detailed neurons, with many aspects of the model constrained by a variety of data. The paper focuses on simulation experiments, testing a range of observations. These experiments are aimed at understanding how the multiscale organization of the cortical network shapes neural activity.

Strengths:

(1) The model is very large and detailed. With 4.2 million neurons and 13.2 billion synapses, as well as the level of biophysical realism employed, it is a highly comprehensive computational representation of the cortical network.

(2) Large scope of work - the authors cover a variety of properties of the network structure and activity in this paper, from dendritic and synaptic physiology to multi-area neural activity.

(3) Direct comparisons with experiments, shown throughout the paper, are laudable.

(4) The authors make a number of observations, like describing how high-dimensional connectivity motifs shape patterns of neural activity, which can be useful for thinking about the relations between the structure and the function of the cortical network.

(5) Sharing the simulation tools and a "large subvolume of the model" is appreciated.

Weaknesses:

(1) A substantial part of this paper - the first few figures - focuses on single-cell and single-synapse properties, with high similarity to what was shown in Markram et al., 2015. Details may differ, but overall it is quite similar.

(2) Although the paper is about the model of the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex, out of all figures, only one deals with simulations of the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex. Most figures focus on simulations that involve one or a few "microcolumns". Again, it is rather similar to what was done by Markram et al., 2015 and constitutes relatively incremental progress.

(3) With a model like this, one has an opportunity to investigate computations and interactions across an extensive cortical network in an in vivo-like context. However, the simulations presented are not addressing realistic specific situations corresponding to animals performing a task or perceiving a relevant somatosensory stimulus. This makes the insights into the roles of cell types or connectivity architecture less interesting, as they are presented for relatively abstract situations. It is hard to see their relationship to important questions that the community would be excited about - theoretical concepts like predictive coding, biophysical mechanisms like dendritic nonlinearities, or circuit properties like feedforward, lateral, and feedback processing across interacting cortical areas. In other words, what do we learn from this work conceptually, especially, about the whole non-barrel somatosensory cortex?

(4) Most comparisons with in vivo-like activity are done using experimental data for whisker deflection (plus some from the visual stimulation in V1). But this model is for the non-barrel somatosensory cortex, so exactly the part of the cortex that has less to do with whiskers (or vision). Is it not possible to find any in vivo neural activity data from the non-barrel cortex?

(5) The authors almost do not show raw spike rasters or firing rates. I am sure most readers would want to decide for themselves whether the model makes sense, and for that, the first thing to do is to look at raster plots and distributions of firing rates. Instead, the authors show comparisons with in vivo data using highly processed, normalized metrics.

(6) While the authors claim that their model with one set of parameters reproduces many experimentally established metrics, that is not entirely what one finds. Instead, they provide different levels of overall stimulation to their model (adjusting the target "P_FR" parameter, with values from 0 to 1, and other parameters), and that influences results. If I get this right (the figures could really be improved with better organization and labeling), simulations with P_FR closer to 1 provide more realistic firing rate levels for a few different cases, however, P_FR of 0.3 and possibly above tends to cause highly synchronized activity - what the authors call bursting, but which also could be called epileptic-like activity in the network.

(7) The authors mention that the model is available online, but the "Resource availability" section does not describe that in substantial detail. As they mention in the Abstract, it is only a subvolume that is available. That might be fine, but more detail in appropriate parts of the paper would be useful.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper is a companion to Reminann et al. (2022), presenting a large-scale, data-driven, biophysically detailed model of the non-barrel primary somatosensory cortex (nbS1). To achieve this unprecedented scale of a bottom-up model, approximately 140 times larger than the previous model (Markram et al., 2015), they developed new methods to account for inputs from missing brain areas, among other improvements. Isbister et al. focus on detailing these methodological advancements and describing the model's ability to reproduce in vivo-like spontaneous, stimulus-evoked, and optogenetically modified activity.

Strengths:

The model generated a series of predictions that are currently impossible in vivo, as summarized in Table S1. Additionally, the tools used in this study are made available online, fostering community-based exploration. Together with the companion paper, this study makes significant contributions by detailing the model's constraints, validations, and potential caveats, which are likely to serve as a basis for advancing further research in this area.

Weaknesses:

That said, I have several suggestions to improve clarity and strengthen the validation of the model's in vivo relevance.

Major:

(1) For the stimulus-response simulations, the authors should also reference, analyze, and compare data from O'Connor et al. (2010; https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/20869600/) and Yu et al .(2016; https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27749825/) in addition to Yu et al. 2019, which is the only data source the authors consider for an awake response. The authors mentioned bias in spike rate measurements, but O'Connor et al. used cell-attached recordings, which do not suffer from activity-based selection bias (in addition, they also performed Ca2+ imaging of L2/3). This was done in the exact same task as Yu et al., 2019, and they recorded from over 100 neurons across layers. Combining this data with Yu et al., 2019 would provide a comprehensive view of activity across layers and inhibitory cell types. Additionally, Yu et al. (2016) recorded VPM neurons in the same task, alongside whole-cell recordings in L4, showing that L4 PV neurons filter movement-related signals encoded in thalamocortical inputs during active touch. This dataset is more suitable for extracting VPM activity, as it was collected under the same behavior and from the same species (Unlike Diamond et al., 1992, which used anesthetized rats). Furthermore, this filtering is an interesting computation performed by the network the authors modeled. The validation would be significantly strengthened and more biologically interesting if the authors could also reproduce the filtering properties, membrane potential dynamics, and variability in the encoding of touch across neurons, not just the latency (which is likely largely determined by the distance and number of synapses).

(2) The authors mention that in the model, the response of the main activated downstream area was confined to L6. Is this consistent with in vivo observations? Additionally, is there any in vivo characterization of the distance dependence of spiking correlation to validate Figure 8I?

(3) Across the figures, activity is averaged across neurons within layers and E or I cell types, with a limited description of single-cell type and single-cell responses. Were there any predictions regarding the responses of particular cell types that significantly differ from others in the same layer? Such predictions could be valuable for future investigations and could showcase the advantages of a data-driven, biophysically detailed model.

(4) 2.4: Are there caveats to assuming the OU process as a model for missing inputs? Inputs to the cortex are usually correlated and low-dimensional (i.e., communication subspace between cortical regions), but the OU process assumes independent conductance injection. Can (weakly) correlated inputs give rise to different activity regimes in the model? Can you add a discussion on this?

(5) 2.6: The network structure is well characterized in the companion paper, where the authors report that correlations in higher dimensions were driven by a small number of neurons with high participation ratios. It would be interesting to identify which cell types exhibit high node participation in high-dimensional simplices and examine the spiking activity of cells within these motifs. This could generate testable predictions and inform theoretical cell-type-specific point neuron models for excitatory/inhibitory balanced networks and cortical processing.

Minor:

(1) Since the previous model was published in 2015, the neuroscience field has seen significant advancements in single-cell and single-nucleus sequencing, leading to the clustering of transcriptomic cell types in the entire mouse brain. For instance, the Allen Institute has identified ~10 distinct glutamatergic cell types in layer 5, which exceeds the number incorporated into the current model. Could you discuss 1) the relationship between the modeled me-types and these transcriptomic cell types, and 2) how future models will evolve to integrate this new information? If there are gaps in knowledge in order to incorporate some transcriptome cell types into your model, it would be helpful to highlight them so that efforts can be directed toward addressing these areas.

(2) For the optogenetic manipulation, it would be interesting if the model could reproduce the paradoxical effects (for example, Mahrach et al. reported paradoxical effects caused by PV manipulation in S1; https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31951197/). This seems a more relevant and non-trivial network phenomenon than the V1 manipulation the authors attempted to replicate.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study by Deng et al reports single-cell expression analysis of developing mouse hearts and examines the requirements for cardiac fibroblasts in heart maturation. Much of this work is overlapping with previous studies, but the single-cell gene expression data may be useful to investigators in the field. The significance and scope of new findings are limited and major conclusions are largely based on correlative data.

Strengths:

The strengths of the manuscript are the new single-cell datasets and comprehensive approach to ablating cardiac fibroblasts in pre and postnatal development in mice.

Weaknesses:

There are several major weaknesses in the analysis and interpretation of the results.

(1) The major conclusions regarding collagen signaling and heart maturation are based on gene expression patterns and are not functionally validated. The potential downstream signaling pathways were not examined and known structural contributions of fibrillar collagen to heart maturation are not discussed.

(2) The heterogeneity of fibroblast populations and contributions to multiple structures in the developing heart are not well-considered in the analysis. The developmental targeting of fibroblasts will likely affect multiple structures in the embryonic heart and other organs. Lethality is described in some of these studies, but additional analysis is needed to determine the effects on heart morphogenesis or other organs beyond the focus on cardiomyocyte maturation being reported. In particular, the endocardial cushions and developing valves are likely to be affected in the prenatal ablations, but these structures are not included in the analyses.

(3) ECM complexity and extensive previous work on specific ECM proteins in heart development and maturation are not incorporated into the current study. Different types of collagen (basement membrane Col4, filamentous Col6, and fibrillar Col1) are known to be expressed in fibroblast populations in the developing heart and have been studied extensively. Much also has been reported for other ECM components mentioned in the current work.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This study aims to elucidate the role of fibroblasts in regulating myocardium and vascular development through signaling to cardiomyocytes and endothelial cells. This focus is significant, given that fibroblasts, cardiomyocytes, and vascular endothelial cells are the three primary cell types in the heart. The authors employed a Pdgfra-CreER-controlled diphtheria toxin A (DTA) system to ablate fibroblasts at various embryonic and postnatal stages, characterizing the resulting cardiac defects, particularly in myocardium and vasculature development. scRNA-seq analysis of the ablated hearts identified collagen as a crucial signaling molecule from fibroblasts that influences the development of cardiomyocytes and vascular endothelial cells.

This is an interesting manuscript; however, there are several major issues, including an over-reliance on the scRNA-seq data, which shows inconsistencies between replicates.<br /> Some of the major issues are described below.

(1) The CD31 immunostaining data (Figures 3B-G) indicate a reduction in endothelial cell numbers following fibroblast deletion using PdgfraCreER+/-; RosaDTA+/- mice. However, the scRNA-seq data show no percentage change in the endothelial cell population (Figure 4D). Furthermore, while the percentage of Vas_ECs decreased in ablated samples at E16.5, the results at E18.5 were inconsistent, showing an increase in one replicate and a decrease in another, raising concerns about the reliability of the RNA-seq findings.

(2) Similarly, while the percentage of Ven_CMs increased at E18.5, it exhibited differing trends at E16.5 (Figure 4E), further highlighting the inconsistency of the scRNA-seq analysis with the other data.

(3) Furthermore, the authors noted that the ablated samples had slightly higher percentages of cardiomyocytes in the G1 phase compared to controls (Figures 4H, S11D), which aligns with the enrichment of pathways related to heart development, sarcomere organization, heart tube morphogenesis, and cell proliferation. However, it is unclear how this correlates with heart development, given that the hearts of ablated mice are significantly smaller than those of controls (Figure 3E). Additionally, the heart sections from ablated samples used for CD31/DAPI staining in Figure 3F appear much larger than those of the controls, raising further inconsistencies in the manuscript.

(4) The manuscript relies heavily on the scRNA-seq dataset, which shows inconsistencies between the two replicates. Furthermore, the morphological and histological analyses do not align with the scRNA-seq findings.

(5) There is a lack of mechanistic insight into how collagen, as a key signaling molecule from fibroblasts, affects the development of cardiomyocytes and vascular endothelial cells.

(6) In Figure 1B, Col1a1 expression is observed in the epicardial cells (Figure 1A, E11.5), but this is not represented in the accompanying cartoon.

(7) What is the genotype of the control animals used in the study?

(8) Do the PdgfraCreER+/-; RosaDTA+/- mice survive after birth when induced at E15.5, and do they exhibit any cardiac defects?

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

The authors investigated fibroblasts' communication with key cell types in developing and neonatal hearts, with a focus on the critical roles of fibroblast-cardiomyocyte and fibroblast-endothelial cell networks in cardiac morphogenesis. They tried to map the spatial distribution of these cell types and reported the major pathways and signaling molecules driving the communication. They also used Cre-DTA system to ablate Pdgfra labeled cells and observed myocardial and endothelial cell defects at development. They screened the pathways and genes using sequencing data of ablated hearts. Lastly, they reported compensatory collagen expression in long-term ablated neonate hearts. Overall, this study provides us with important insight into fibroblasts' roles in cardiac development and will be a powerful resource for collagens and ECM-focused research.

Strengths:

The authors utilized good analyzing tools to investigate multiple databases of single-cell sequencing and Multi-seq. They identified significant pathways and cellular and molecular interactions of fibroblasts. Additionally, they compared some of their analytic findings with a human database, and identified several groups of ECM genes with varying roles in mice.

Weaknesses:

This study is majorly based on sequencing data analysis. At the bench, they used a very strident technique to study fibroblast functions by ablating one of the major cell populations of the heart. Considering the importance of the fibroblast population, intriguing in vivo findings were expected. Also, they analyzed the downstream genes in ablated hearts, but did not execute any experimental validation for any of the targets.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

(1) Significance of findings and strength of evidence.<br /> (a) The work presented in this manuscript is intended to support the authors' novel idea that HIV DNA integration strongly favors "triple-stranded" R-loops in DNA formed either during transcription of many, but not all, genes or by strand invasion of silent DNA by transcripts made elsewhere, and that HIV infection promotes R-loop formation mediated by incoming virions in the absence of reverse transcription. The authors were able to demonstrate a reverse transcription-independent increase in R-loop formation early during HIV infection, while also demonstrating increased integration into sequences that contain R-loop structures. Furthermore, this manuscript also identifies that R-loops are present in both transcriptional active and silent regions of the genome and that HIV integrase interacts with R-loops. Although the work presented supports a correlation between R-loop formation and HIV DNA integration, it does not prove the authors' hypothesis that R-loops are directly targeted for integration. Direct experimentation, such as in vitro integration into defined DNA targets, will be required. Further, the authors provide no explanation as to how current sophisticated structural models of concerted retroviral DNA integration into both strands of double-stranded DNA targets can accommodate triple-stranded structures. Finally, there are serious technical concerns with interpretation of the integration site analyses.<br /> This resubmitted manuscript has corrected some of the issues raised by the previous reviews - particularly the quality of the English - but otherwise the text and figures remain very much the same and concerns regarding the conclusions drawn regarding integration site specificity remain. The manuscript also still suffers from a lack of description of experimental detail necessary to understand the results as presented. In many cases, explanations given privately in the rebuttal o the earlier reviews need to be made available to all readers, not just the reviewers.

(2) Public review with guidance for readers around how to interpret the work, highlighting important findings but also mentioning caveats.<br /> (a) Introduction: The authors provide an excellent introduction to R-loops but they base the rationale for this study on mis-citation of earlier studies regarding integration in transcriptionally silent regions of the genome. The "most favored locus" cited in the very old reference 6 comprises only 5 events and has not been reproduced in more recent, much larger datasets For example, see the study of over 300.000 sites in ref 14. The laundry list of IN interactors in lines 43-44 is based on old experiments. It is now quite clear that the only direct interaction of importance is with LEDGF and that should be discussed here. Also discussed should be the role of the capsid in the nuclear entry and targeting. For example, one of the references cited, as well as a mention in the discussion (Line 326) concerns CPSF-6, which is now known to modulate nuclear entry and specificity by interacting with capsid, not integrase. The statement on lines 46-47 regarding that some highly expressed genes are, nonetheless, poor targets for integration is correct, but the experiment cited was done in PBMC with wild-type HIV-1and it is possible that those genes were expressed in non-target cells like B-cells or monocytes.

(b) Figure 1: Demonstrates models for HIV infections in both cell lines and primary human CD4+ T cells. R-loop formation was determined through a method called DRIPc-seq which utilizes an anti-body specific for DNA-RNA hybrid structures and sequences these regions of the genome using RNaseH treatment to show that when RNA-DNA hybrids are absent then no R-loops are detected. In these models of in vitro and ex vivo infection, the authors show that R-Loop formation increases following HIV infection between 6 hr. post-infection and 12 hrs. post-infection, depending on the cell model. However, these figures lack a mock infected control for each cell model to assess R-loop formation at the same time points. They would also benefit from a control showing that virus entry is necessary, such as omitting the VSV G protein donor.

(c) Figure 2: This figure shows that cells infected with HIV show more R-loops as well as longer sequences containing R-loop structures. Panel B shows that these R-loops were distributed throughout different genomic features, such as both genic and intergenic regions of the genome. However, the data are presented in such a way that it is impossible to determine the proportion of R-loops in each type of genomic feature. The reader has no way to tell, for example, the proportion of R-loops in genic vs intergenic DNA and how this value changes with time. Furthermore, increased R-loop formation due to HIV infection showed poor correlation with gene expression, suggesting that R-loops were not forming due to transcriptional activation, although the difference between 0 and the remaining timepoints is not apparent, nor is the meaning of the absurd p values.

The experiments presented in Figures 1 and 2 show that treatment of cells with VSV G-pseudotyped HIV-1 leads to a significant increase in R loops in all parts of the genome. Accumulation of R-loops at so soon after infection, as well as its resistance to RT and Integration inhibitors, rules out the involvement of newly synthesized viral DNA or any newly made viral protein (Figure S3). Rather, some component(s) of the virion, possibly protease, or an accessory gene product such as Vpr or Vif, must be directly responsible e (although the authors neglect to draw this conclusion in the description of these experiments, lines 125-135, leaving it hanging until the Discussion).

On the whole, and as a non-expert in this area, I find the overall conclusions of this part of the study convincing, but, as pointed out in one of the earlier reviews, the virologic significance of early effects seen at high multiplicity of infection (likely hundreds of particles per cell) needs to be taken with a grain of salt. At a minimum, this point should be discussed. Also, the study would have been greatly strengthened by a simple experiment to identify the virion protein responsible for the effect.<br /> Based on the results in the first two figures, the authors hypothesize that R-Loop induction early in infection plays an important role in HIV replication, specifically by interacting with the intasome and thus directing integration to regions of the host genome favorable for expression of the provirus. Experiments to test this idea and probe the mechanism are described in the remaining 3 figures, which, despite comments in the previous reviews, are unchanged from the previous version and still suffer from serious defects in experimental design and interpretation.

(d) Figure 3: This figure shows the use of cell lines carrying R-loop inducible (mAIRN) or non-inducible (ECFP) genes to model association of HIV integration with R-loop structures. The authors demonstrate the functional validation of R-loop induction in the cell line model. Additionally, when R-loops are induced there is a significant increase in HIV integration in the R-loop forming vector sequence when R-loops are induced with doxycycline. This result shows a correlation between expression and integration that is much stronger in the R-loop forming gene than in the unreferenced ECFP gene but does not prove that integration directly targets R-loops. It is possible, for example, that some feature of the DNA sequence, such as base composition affects both integration and R-loop formation independently. As described more fully below, there is also a serious concern regarding the method used to quantitate the integration frequencies. As before, There are a number of problems here.<br /> (1) The authors use a classic, but suboptimal integration site assay comprising restriction enzyme digestion followed by PCR to assess integration site distribution, and (despite statements to the contrary in the rebuttal) read counts to quantitate relative frequencies of target site use. See the legend and axis labels in Fig 3E, F, and G. This approach leads to serious bias in the ability to detect and count the use of integration sites that are either too close or too far from the sites of cleavage and can lead to artefactual misrepresentation of their chromosomal distribution.<br /> (2) The result shown in Figure 3D is uninterpretable. It is simply not possible that the 3-fold increase in luciferase activity is due addition of 25 10-kb sequences leading to A 3-fold increase in integration frequency into the target sequence, particularly when panel E shows that the measured frequency is on the order of 20 reads per million. Something else must be going on here.<br /> (3) Panels 3F and G show the read count distribution in the introduced target sequences plotted in a completely nonstandard way and is explained so poorly that I could not be sure what the authors were trying to show. The numbers on the bottom of the 2 plots appear to represent the only sites of integration seen in the 10-kb region studied. If so, this is not the expected result for the authors claim of greatly increasing regional integration. As can easily be seen in the figures of ref 14, high frequency gene targets are characterized by large numbers of sites, not by more frequent targeting of small numbers of sites as implied by the figures.

(e) Figure 4: This figure shows evidence of increased HIV integration within regions of the genome containing R-loops with additional preference with integration within the R-loop and decrease in frequency of integration further from the R-loop. Identifying a preference for R-loops is very intriguing but the authors do also demonstrate that integration does occur when R-loops are not present. Also Panel A, which shows that regions of cell DNA that form R-loops have a higher frequency of Integration sites than those that do not, should also be controlled for the level of gene expression of the two types of region. the result shown cannot be interpreted to mean that R-loops have anything to do with integration targeting. It is already well-established that about 80% of HIV integration sites are in expressed genes, which comprise about 20% of the genome. Since a gene must be expressed to contain an R-loop, the non-R-loop fraction will contain the 80% of the genome that is a 20-fold poorer target, giving the result shown, whether R-loops are involved or not. The rather weak correlation between R-Loop locations and integration site distribution in Fig 4C and D hardly seems consistent with the curves seen in 4B. Can the authors refute the hypothesis that the apparent correlation is simply because both integration and R-Loop formation frequency must correlate with level of gene expression and therefore their correlation with one another cannot be used to infer causality/ As pointed out in prior reviews, R-loops themselves cannot be targets for integration. In their rebuttal, the authors agree and have made slight modifications to their conclusion in the text, now concluding that Integration favors the vicinity of an R-loop. Why then do the peaks in correlation curves in Fig 4B center exactly on the center of the R-loops? It seems that this result would be more consistent with integration and R-loop formation favoring the same sites, but for different reasons (base composition for example).

(f) Figure 5: In this figure the authors demonstrate that HIV integrase binds to R-loops through a number of protein assays, but does not show that this binding is associated with enzymatic activity. EMSA of integrase identified increased binding to DNA-RNA over dsDNA. Additionally, precipitation of RNA-DNA hybrids pulled down HIV integrase. A proximity ligation assay detecting R-loops and HIV-integrase showed co-localization within the nucleus of HeLa cells. HeLa cells were probably used due to their efficiency of transduction but are not physiologically relevant cell types. Figure 5 suffers greatly in interpretability from the failure of the authors to use assembled intasomes, since the DNA binding properties are likely to be quite different. The authors excuse that they were unable to prepare intasomes (which needs to be included in the text, not just in the rebuttal) explains but does not justify the use of monomeric IN protein. Figure 5A shows that the IN binding is NOT specific to R-loops, since any single-stranded DNA binds equally. The authors should make this point in the text.<br /> The experiment using integrase overexpression in cells brings up some déjà vu to a retrovirologist. There is some history in retrovirology of experiments like this having been used to draw conclusions (like the role of integrase in nuclear import) that have since proven to be wrong. Also, Fig 5G is not interpretable quantitively, since the distribution of neither IN nor R-loops is probed, and we have no idea what proportion of each is in the PLA spots. Overall, this section would be much more convincing if it also included some direct experimentation, such as in vitro integration using intasomes, or infection of cells with viral mutants (or in the presence of inhibitors) affecting the function of whatever virion protein found to be important for R-loop formation.

(g) Discussion: In the discussion, the authors address how their work relates to previous evidence of HIV integration by association of LEDGF/p75 and CPSF6. They also cite that LEDGF/p75 has possible R-loop binding capabilities. They also discuss what possible mechanisms are driving increases in R-loop formation during HIV infection, pointing to possible HIV accessory proteins. They also state that how HIV integrates in transcriptionally silent regions is still unknown but do point out that they were able to show R-loops appear in many different regions of the genome but did not show that R-loops in transcriptional inactive regions are integration targets. More seriously, they failed to make a connection between their work and current understanding of the biochemical and structural mechanism of the integration reaction.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

In this manuscript, Park and colleagues describe a series of experiments that investigate the role of R-loops in HIV-1 genome integration. The authors show that during HIV-1 infection, R-loops levels on the host genome accumulate. Using a synthetic R-loop prone gene construct, they show that HIV-1 integration sites target sites with high R-loop levels. They further show that integration sites on the endogenous host genome are correlated with sites prone to R-loops. Using biochemical approaches, as well as in vivo co-IP and proximity ligation experiments, the authors show that HIV-1 integrase physically interacts with R-loop structures.

The major strengths of this work is that the investigators use multiple independent experimental systems and multiple cell types to support their conclusions, including in vivo and biochemical experiments. Furthermore, their use of genome-wide analyses help to support their conclusion that HIV targets genomic regions enriched with R-loops versus those lacking such enrichment.

This work may have a significant impact on the field of HIV genomic integration by elucidating why transcription levels are not the sole determinant of HIV integration sites.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This paper investigates the dynamics of excitatory synaptic weights under a calcium-based plasticity rule, in long (up to 10 minutes) simulations of a 211,000-neuron biophysically detailed model of a rat cortical network.

Strengths

(1) A very detailed network model, with a large number of neurons, connections, synapses, etc., and with a huge number of biological considerations implemented in the model.

(2) A carefully developed calcium-based plasticity rule, which operates with biologically relevant variables like calcium concentration and NMDA conductances.

(3) The study itself is detailed and thorough, covering many aspects of the cellular and network anatomy and properties and investigating their relationships to plasticity.

(4) The model remains stable over long periods of simulations, with the plasticity rule maintaining reasonable synaptic weights and not pushing the network to extremes.

(5) The variety of insights the authors derive in terms of relationships between the cellular and network properties and dynamics of the synaptic weights are potentially interesting for the field.

(6) Sharing the model and the associated methods and tools is a big plus.

Weaknesses

(1) Conceptually, there seems to be a missed opportunity here in that it is not clear what the network learns to do. The authors present 10 different input patterns, the network does some plasticity, which is then analyzed, but we do not know whether the learning resulted in anything functionally significant. Did the network learn to discriminate the patterns much better than at the beginning, to capture or anticipate the timing of pattern presentation, detect similarities between patterns, etc.? This is important to understand if one wants to assess the significance of synaptic changes due to plasticity. For example, if the network did not learn much new functionally, relative to its initial state, then the observed plasticity could be considered minor and possibly insufficient. In that case, were the network to learn something substantial, one would potentially observe much more extensive plasticity, and the results of the whole study could change, possibly including the stability of the network. While this could be a whole separate study, this issue is of central importance, and it is hard to judge the value of the results when we do not know what the network learned to do, if anything.

(2) In this study, plasticity occurs only at E-to-E connections but not at others. However, it is well known that inhibitory connections in the cortex exhibit at the very least a substantial short-term plasticity. One would expect that not including these phenomena would have substantial consequences on the results.

(3) Lines 134-135: "We calibrated layer-wise spontaneous firing rates and evoked activity to brief VPM inputs matching in vivo data from Reyes-Puerta et al. (2015)."

(4) Can the authors show these results? It is an important comparison, and so it would be great to see firing rates (ideally, their distributions) for all the cell types and layers vs. experimental data, for the evoked and spontaneous conditions.

(5) That being said, the Reyes-Puerta et al. paper reports firing rates for the barrel cortex, doesn't it? Whereas here, the authors are simulating a non-barrel cortex. Is such a comparison appropriate?

(6) Comparison with STDP on pages 5-7 and Figure 2: if I got this right, the authors applied STDP to already generated spikes, that is, did not run a simulation with STDP. That seems strange. The spikes they use here were generated by the system utilizing their calcium-based plasticity rule. Obviously, the spikes would be different if STDP was utilized instead. The traces of synaptic weights would then also be different. The comparison therefore is not quite appropriate, is it?

(7) Section 2.3 and Figure 5: I am not sure this analysis adds much. The main finding is that plasticity occurs more among cells in assemblies than among all cells. But isn't that expected given what was shown in the previous figures? Specifically, the authors showed that for cells that fire more, plasticity is more prominent. Obviously, cells that fire little or not at all won't belong to any assemblies. Therefore, we expect more plasticity in assemblies.

(8) Section 2.4 and Figure 6: It is not clear that the results truly support the formulation of the section's title ("Synapse clustering contributes to the emergence of cell assemblies, and facilitates plasticity across them") and some of the text in the section. What I can see is that the effect on rho is strong for non-clustered synapses (Figure 6C and Figure S8A). In some cases, it is substantially higher than what is seen for clustered synapses. Furthermore, the wording "synapse clustering contributes to the emergence of cell assemblies" suggests some kind of causal role of clustered synapses in determining which neurons form specific cell assemblies. I do not see how the data presented supports that. Overall, it appears that the story about clustered synapses is quite complicated, with both clustered and non-clustered synapses driving changes in rho across the board.

(9) Section 2.5 and Figure 7: Can we be certain that it is the edge participation that is a particularly good predictor of synaptic changes and/or strength, as opposed to something simpler? For example, could it be the overall number of synapses, excitatory synapses, or something along these lines, that the source and/or target neurons receive, that determine the rho dynamics? And then, I do not understand the claim that edge participation allows one to "delineate potentiation from depression". The only related data I can find is in Figure 7A3, about which the authors write "this effect was stronger for potentiation than depression". But I don't see what they mean. For both depression and facilitation, the changes observed are in the range of ~12% of probability values. And even if the effect is stronger, does it mean one can "delineate" potentiation from depression better? What does it mean, to "delineate"? If it is some kind of decoding based on the edge participation, then the authors did not show that.

(10) "test novel predictions in the MICrONS (2021) dataset, which while pushing the boundaries of big data neuroscience, was so far only analyzed with single cells in focus instead of the network as a whole (Ding et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2023)." That is incorrect. For example, the whole work of Ding et al. analyzes connectivity and its relation to the neuron's functional properties at the network level.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper aims to understand the effects of plasticity in shaping the dynamics and structure of cortical circuits, as well as how that depends on aspects such as network structure and dendritic processing.

Strengths:

The level of biological detail included is impressive, and the numerical simulations appear to be well executed. Additionally, they have done a commendable job in open-sourcing the model.

Weaknesses:

The main result of this work is that activity in their network model remains stable without the need for a homeostatic mechanism. However, as the authors acknowledge, this has been demonstrated in previous studies (e.g., Higgins et al. 2014). In those studies, stability was attributed to calcium-based rules combined with calcium concentrations at in vivo levels and background neuronal activity. Since the authors use the same calcium-based rule, it is unclear what new result, if any, is being presented. If the authors are suggesting that the mechanism in their simulations differs, that should be stated clearly, and evidence supporting that claim should be provided.

The other findings discussed in the paper are related to a characterization of the dependency of plastic changes on network structure. While this analysis is potentially interesting, it has the following limitations.

First, I believe the authors should include an analysis of the generality and specificity of their results. All the findings seem to be derived from a single run of the simulation. How do the results vary with different network initializations, simulation times, or parameter choices?

Second, the presentation of the results is difficult to follow. The characterization comes across as a long list of experiments, making it hard to identify a central message or distinguish key findings from minor details. The authors provide little intuition about why certain outcomes arise, and the complexity of the simulation makes it challenging - if not impossible - to determine which model elements are essential for specific results and which mechanisms drive emergent properties. Additionally, the text often lacks crucial details. For instance, the description of k-edge participation should be expanded, and an explanation of what this method quantifies should be included. Overall, I believe the authors should focus on a smaller set of significant results and provide a more in-depth discussion.

The comparison of the model with the MICrONS dataset could be improved. In Figure 7B, the authors should show how the same quantification looks in a network model without plasticity. In Figure 8B, the data aligns with the model before plasticity, so it's unclear how this serves as a verification of the theoretical predictions.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Ecker et al. utilized a biologically realistic, large-scale cortical model of the rat's non-barrel somatosensory cortex, incorporating a calcium-dependent plasticity rule to examine how various factors influence synaptic plasticity under in vivo-like conditions. Their analysis characterized the resulting plastic changes and revealed that key factors, including the co-firing of stimulus-evoked neuronal ensembles, the spatial organization of synaptic clusters, and the overall network topology, play an important role in affecting the extent of synaptic plasticity.

Strengths:

The detailed, large-scale model employed in this study enables the evaluation of diverse factors across various levels that influence the extent of plastic changes. Specifically, it facilitates the assessment of synaptic organization at the subcellular level, network topology at the macroscopic level, and the co-activation of neuronal ensembles at the activity level. Moreover, modeling plasticity under in vivo-like conditions enhances the model's relevance to experiments.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors claimed that, under in vivo-like conditions and in the presence of plasticity, firing rates and weight distributions remain stable without additional homeostatic mechanisms during a 10-minute stimulation period. However, the weights do not reach the steady state immediately after the 10-minute stimulation. Therefore, extended simulations are necessary to substantiate the claim.

(2) Another major limitation of the paper lies in its lack of mechanistic insights into the observed phenomena (particularly on aspects that are typically impossible to assess in traditional simplified models, like layer-specific and layer-to-layer pathways-specific plasticity changes), as well as the absence of discussions on the potential computational implications of the corresponding observed plastic changes.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The study by Jena et al. addresses important questions on the fundamental mechanisms of genetic adaptation, specifically, does adaptation proceed via changes of copy number (gene duplication and amplification "GDA") or by point mutation. While this question has been worked on (for example by Tomanek and Guet) the authors add several important aspects relating to resistance against antibiotics and they clarify the ability of Lon protease to reduce duplication formation (previous work was more indirect).

A key finding Jena et al. present is that point mutations after significant competition displace GDA. A second one is that alternative GDA constantly arise and displace each other (see work on GDA-2 in Figure 3). Finally, the authors found epistasis between resistance alleles that was contingent on lon. Together this shows an intricate interplay of lon proteolysis for the evolution and maintenance of antibiotic resistance by gene duplication.

Strengths:

The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

Weaknesses:

The minor weaknesses of the manuscript are a lack of clarity in parts of the results section (Point 1) and the methods (Point 2).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this strong study, the authors provide robust evidence for the role of proteostasis genes in the evolution of antimicrobial resistance, and moreover, for stabilizing the proteome in light of gene duplication events.

Strengths:

This strong study offers an important interaction between findings involving GDA, proteostasis, experimental evolution, protein evolution, and antimicrobial resistance. Overall, I found the study to be relatively well-grounded in each of these literatures, with experiments that spoke to potential concerns from each arena. For example, the literature on proteostasis and evolution is a growing one that includes organisms (even micro-organisms) of various sorts. One of my initial concerns involved whether the authors properly tested the mechanistic bases for the rule of Lon in promoting duplication events. The authors assuaged my concern with a set of assays (Figure 8).

More broadly, the study does a nice job of demonstrating the agility of molecular evolution, with responsible explanations for the findings: gene duplications are a quick-fix, but can be out-competed relative to their mutational counterparts. Without Lon protease to keep the proteome stable, the cell allows for less stable solutions to the problem of antibiotic resistance.

The study does what any bold and ambitious study should: it contains large claims and uses multiple sorts of evidence to test those claims.

Weaknesses:

While the general argument and conclusion are clear, this paper is written for a bacterial genetics audience that is familiar with the manner of bacterial experimental evolution. From the language to the visuals, the paper is written in a boutique fashion. The figures are even difficult for me - someone very familiar with proteostasis - to understand. I don't know if this is the fault of the authors or the modern culture of publishing (where figures are increasingly packed with information and hard to decipher), but I found the figures hard to follow with the captions. But let me also consider that the problem might be mine, and so I do not want to unfairly criticize the authors.

For a generalist journal, more could be done to make this study clear, and in particular, to connect to the greater community of proteostasis researchers. I think this study needs a schematic diagram that outlines exactly what was accomplished here, at the beginning. Diagrams like this are especially important for studies like this one that offer a clear and direct set of findings, but conduct many different sorts of tests to get there. I recommend developing a visual abstract that would orient the readers to the work that has been done.

Next, I will make some more specific suggestions. In general, this study is well done and rigorous, but doesn't adequately address a growing literature that examines how proteostasis machinery influences molecular evolution in bacteria.

While this paper might properly test the authors' claims about protein quality control and evolution, the paper does not engage a growing literature in this arena and is generally not very strong on the use of evolutionary theory. I recognize that this is not the aim of the paper, however, and I do not question the authors' authority on the topic. My thoughts here are less about the invocation of theory in evolution (which can be verbose and not relevant), and more about engagement with a growing literature in this very area.

The authors mention Rodrigues 2016, but there are many other studies that should be engaged when discussing the interaction between protein quality control and evolution.

A 2015 study demonstrated how proteostasis machinery can act as a barrier to the usage of novel genes: Bershtein, S., Serohijos, A. W., Bhattacharyya, S., Manhart, M., Choi, J. M., Mu, W., ... & Shakhnovich, E. I. (2015). Protein homeostasis imposes a barrier to functional integration of horizontally transferred genes in bacteria. PLoS genetics, 11(10), e1005612

A 2019 study examined how Lon deletion influenced resistance mutations in DHFR specifically: Guerrero RF, Scarpino SV, Rodrigues JV, Hartl DL, Ogbunugafor CB. The proteostasis environment shapes higher-order epistasis operating on antibiotic resistance. Genetics. 2019 Jun 1;212(2):565-75.

A 2020 study did something similar: Thompson, Samuel, et al. "Altered expression of a quality control protease in E. coli reshapes the in vivo mutational landscape of a model enzyme." Elife 9 (2020): e53476.

And there's a new review (preprint) on this very topic that speaks directly to the various ways proteostasis shapes molecular evolution:<br /> Arenas, Carolina Diaz, Maristella Alvarez, Robert H. Wilson, Eugene I. Shakhnovich, C. Brandon Ogbunugafor, and C. Brandon Ogbunugafor. "Proteostasis is a master modulator of molecular evolution in bacteria."

I am not simply attempting to list studies that should be cited, but rather, this study needs to be better situated in the contemporary discussion on how protein quality control is shaping evolution. This study adds to this list and is a unique and important contribution. However, the findings can be better summarized within the context of the current state of the field. This should be relatively easy to implement.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper investigates the relationship between the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target enzyme and the evolution of antibiotic resistance via increased gene copy number. The target of the antibiotic trimethoprim is dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR). In Escherichia coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and the major proteolysis housekeeping protease is Lon (lon). In this manuscript, the authors report the results of the experimental evolution of a lon mutant strain of E. coli in response to sub-inhibitory concentrations of the antibiotic trimethoprim and then investigate the relationship between proteolytic stability of DHFR mutants and the evolution of folA gene duplication. After 25 generations of serial passaging in a fixed concentration of trimethoprim, the authors found that folA duplication events were more common during the evolution of the lon strain, than the wt strain. However, with continued passaging, some folA duplications were replaced by a single copy of folA containing a trimethoprim resistance-conferring point mutation. Interestingly, the evolution of the lon strain in the setting of increasing concentrations of trimethoprim resulted in evolved strains with different levels of DHFR expression. In particular, some strains maintained two copies of a mutant folA that encoded an unstable DHFR. In a lon+ background, this mutant folA did not express well and did not confer trimethoprim resistance. However, in the lon- background, it displayed higher expression and conferred high-level trimethoprim resistance. The authors concluded that maintenance of the gene duplication event (and the absence of Lon) compensated for the proteolytic instability of this mutant DHFR. In summary, they provide evidence that the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target protein is an important determinant of the evolution of target gene copy number in the setting of antibiotic selection.

Strengths:

The major strength of this paper is identifying an example of antibiotic resistance evolution that illustrates the interplay between the proteolytic stability and copy number of an antibiotic target in the setting of antibiotic selection. If the weaknesses are addressed, then this paper will be of interest to microbiologists who study the evolution of antibiotic resistance.

Weaknesses:

Although the proposed mechanism is highly plausible and consistent with the data presented, the analysis of the experiments supporting the claim is incomplete and requires more rigor and reproducibility. The impact of this finding is somewhat limited given that it is a single example that occurred in a lon strain and compensatory mutations for evolved antibiotic resistance mechanisms are described. In this case, it is not clear that there is a functional difference between the evolution of copy number versus any other mechanism that meets a requirement for increased "expression demand" (e.g. promoter mutations that increase expression and protein stabilizing mutations).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Frelih et al. investigated both periodic and aperiodic activity in EEG during working memory tasks. In terms of periodic activity, they found post-stimulus decreases in alpha and beta activity, while in terms of aperiodic activity, they found a bi-phasic post-stimulus steepening of the power spectrum, which was weakly predictive of performance. They conclude that it is crucial to properly distinguish between aperiodic and periodic activity in event-related designs as the former could confound the latter. They also add to the growing body of research highlighting the functional relevance of aperiodic activity in the brain.

Strengths:

This is a well-written, timely paper that could be of interest to the field of cognitive neuroscience, especially to researchers investigating the functional role of aperiodic activity. The authors describe a well-designed study that looked at both the oscillatory and non-oscillatory aspects of brain activity during a working memory task. The analytic approach is appropriate, as a state-of-the-art toolbox is used to separate these two types of activity. The results support the basic claim of the paper that it is crucial to properly distinguish between aperiodic and periodic activity in event-related designs as the former could confound the latter. They also add to the growing body of research highlighting the functional relevance of aperiodic activity in the brain. Commendably, the authors include replications of their key findings on multiple independent data sets.

Weaknesses:

The authors also claim that their results speak to the interplay between oscillatory and non-oscillatory activity, and crucially, that task-related changes in the theta frequency band - often attributed to neural oscillations in the field - are in fact only a by-product of non-oscillatory changes. I believe these claims are too bold and are not supported by compelling evidence in the paper. Some control analyses - e.g., contrasting the scalp topographies of purported theta and non-oscillatory effects - could help strengthen the latter argument, but it may be safest to simply soften these two claims.

In terms of the methodology used, I suggest the authors make it clearer to readers that the primary results were obtained on a sample of middle-aged-to-older-adults, some with subjective cognitive complaints, and note that while stimulus-locked event-related potentials (ERPs) were removed from the data prior to analyses, response-locked ERPs were not. This could potentially confound aperiodic findings. Contrasting the scalp topographies of response-related ERPs and the identified aperiodic components, especially the latter one, could bring some clarity here too.

I also found certain parts of the introduction to be somewhat confusing.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, Frelih et al investigate the relationship between aperiodic neural activity, as measured by EEG, and working memory performance, and compare this to the more commonly analyzed periodic, and in particular theta, measures that are often associated with such tasks. To do so, they analyze a primary dataset of 57 participants engaging in an n-back task, as well as a replication dataset, and use spectral parameterization to measure periodic and aperiodic features of the data, across time. In doing so, they find both periodic and aperiodic features that relate to the task dynamics, but importantly the aperiodic component appears to explain away what otherwise looks like theta activity in a more traditional analysis. This study, therefore, helps to establish that aperiodic activity is a task-relevant dynamic feature in working memory tasks, and may be the underlying change in many other studies that reported 'theta' changes but did not use methods that could differentiate periodic and aperiodic features.

Strengths:

Key strengths of this paper include that it addresses an important question - that of properly adjudicating which features of EEG recordings relate to working memory tasks - and in doing so provides a compelling answer, with important implications for considering prior work and contributing to understanding the neural underpinnings of working memory. I do not find any significant faults or errors with the design, analysis, and main interpretations as presented by this paper, and as such, find the approach taken to be valid and well-enacted. The use of multiple variants of the working memory task, as well as a replication dataset significantly strengthens this manuscript, by demonstrating a degree of replicability and generalizability. This manuscript is also an important contribution to motivating best practices for analyzing neuro-electrophysiological data, including in relation to using baselining procedures.

Weaknesses:

Overall, I do not find any obvious weaknesses in this manuscript and its analyses that challenge the key results and conclusions. There are some minor reporting notes, on the methods and conclusions that I believe could be improved (details in the suggestions for authors). One aspect that could be improved is that while the figures demonstrate the main findings convincingly, the results as written could have more detailed quantifications of the analyzed effects (including, for example, more on the model results, effect sizes, and quantifications of the different features), in order to more fully report the dynamics of the analyzed features and to provide the reader with more information on the findings.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Using a specparam (1/f) analysis of task-evoked activity, the authors propose that "substantial changes traditionally attributed to theta oscillations in working memory tasks are, in fact, due to shifts in the spectral slope of aperiodic activity." This is a very bold and ambitious statement, and the field of event-related EEG would benefit from more critical assessments of the role of aperiodic changes during task events. Unfortunately, the data shown here does not support the main conclusion advanced by the authors.

Strengths:

The field of event-related EEG would benefit from more critical assessments of the role of aperiodic changes during task events. The authors perform a number of additional control analyses, including different types of baseline correction, ERP subtraction, as well as replication of the experiment with two additional datasets.

Weaknesses:

The authors did not first show that their first task successfully evoked theta power, nor that specparam is capable of quantifying the background around a short theta burst, nor that theta effects are different between baseline corrected vs. spectral parameterized quantifications.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors conduct a causal analysis of years of secondary education on brain structure in late life. They use a regression discontinuity analysis to measure the impact of a UK law change in 1972 that increased the years of mandatory education by 1 year. Using brain imaging data from the UK Biobank, they find essentially no evidence for 1 additional year of education altering brain structure in adulthood.

Strengths:

The authors pre-registered the study and the regression discontinuity was very carefully described and conducted. They completed a large number of diagnostic and alternate analyses to allow for different possible features in the data. (Unlike a positive finding, a negative finding is only bolstered by additional alternative analyses).

Weaknesses:

While the work is of high quality for the precise question asked, ultimately the exposure (1 additional year of education) is a very modest manipulation and the outcome is measured long after the intervention. Thus a null finding here is completely consistent educational attainment (EA) in fact having an impact on brain structure, where EA may reflect elements of training after a second education (e.g. university, post-graduate qualifications, etc) and not just stopping education at 16 yrs yes/no.

The work also does not address the impact of the UK Biobank's well-known healthy volunteer bias (Fry et al., 2017) which is yet further magnified in the imaging extension study (Littlejohns et al., 2020). Under-representation of people with low EA will dilute the effects of EA and impact the interpretation of these results.

References:

Fry, A., Littlejohns, T. J., Sudlow, C., Doherty, N., Adamska, L., Sprosen, T., Collins, R., & Allen, N. E. (2017). Comparison of Sociodemographic and Health-Related Characteristics of UK Biobank Participants With Those of the General Population. American Journal of Epidemiology, 186(9), 1026-1034. https://doi.org/10.1093/aje/kwx246

Littlejohns, T. J., Holliday, J., Gibson, L. M., Garratt, S., Oesingmann, N., Alfaro-Almagro, F., Bell, J. D., Boultwood, C., Collins, R., Conroy, M. C., Crabtree, N., Doherty, N., Frangi, A. F., Harvey, N. C., Leeson, P., Miller, K. L., Neubauer, S., Petersen, S. E., Sellors, J., ... Allen, N. E. (2020). The UK Biobank imaging enhancement of 100,000 participants: rationale, data collection, management and future directions. Nature Communications, 11(1), 2624. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-15948-9

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This fascinating manuscript studies the effect of education on brain structure through a natural experiment. Leveraging the UK BioBank, these authors study the causal effect of education using causal inference methodology that focuses on legislation for an additional mandatory year of education in a regression discontinuity design.

Strengths:

The methodological novelty and study design were viewed as strong, as was the import of the question under study. The evidence presented is solid. The work will be of broad interest to neuroscientists

Weaknesses:

There were several areas which might be strengthed from additional consideration from a methodological perspective.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This study investigates evidence for a hypothesised, causal relationship between education, specifically the number of years spent in school, and brain structure as measured by common brain phenotypes such as surface area, cortical thickness, total volume, and diffusivity.

To test their hypothesis, the authors rely on a "natural" intervention, that is, the 1972 ROSLA act that mandated an extra year of education for all 15-year-olds. The study's aim is to determine potential discontinuities in the outcomes of interest at the time of the policy change, which would indicate a causal dependence. Naturalistic experiments of this kind are akin to randomised controlled trials, the gold standard for answering questions of causality.

Using two complementary, regression-based approaches, the authors find no discernible effect of spending an extra year in primary education on brain structure. The authors further demonstrate that observational studies showing an effect between education and brain structure may be confounded and thus unreliable when assessing causal relationships.

Strengths:

(1) A clear strength of this study is the large sample size totalling up to 30k participants from the UK Biobank. Although sample sizes for individual analyses are an order of magnitude smaller, most neuroimaging studies usually have to rely on much smaller samples.

(2) This study has been preregistered in advance, detailing the authors' scientific question, planned method of inquiry, and intended analyses, with only minor, justifiable changes in the final analysis.

(3) The analyses look at both global and local brain measures used as outcomes, thereby assessing a diverse range of brain phenotypes that could be implicated in a causal relationship with a person's level of education.

(4) The authors use multiple methodological approaches, including validation and sensitivity analyses, to investigate the robustness of their findings and, in the case of correlational analysis, highlight differences with related work by others.

(5) The extensive discussion of findings and how they relate to the existing, somewhat contradictory literature gives a comprehensive overview of the current state of research in this area.

Weaknesses:

(1) This study investigates a well-posed but necessarily narrow question in a specific setting: 15-year-old British students born around 1957 who also participated in the UKB imaging study roughly 60 years later. Thus conclusions about the existence or absence of any general effect of the number of years of education on the brain's structure are limited to this specific scenario.

(2) The authors address potential concerns about the validity of modelling assumptions and the sensitivity of the regression discontinuity design approach. However, the possibility of selection and cohort bias remains and is not discussed clearly in the paper. Other studies (e.g. Davies et al 2018, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41562-017-0279-y) have used the same policy intervention to study other health-related outcomes and have established ROSLA as a valid naturalistic experiment. Still, quoting Davies et al. (2018), "This assumes that the participants who reported leaving school at 15 years of age are a representative sample of the sub-population who left at 15 years of age. If this assumption does not hold, for example, if the sampled participants who left school at 15 years of age were healthier than those in the population, then the estimates could underestimate the differences between the groups.". Recent studies (Tyrrell 2021, Pirastu 2021) have shown that UK Biobank participants are on average healthier than the general population. Moreover, the imaging sub-group has an even stronger "healthy" bias (Lyall 2022).

(3) The modelling approach used in this study requires that all covariates of no interest are equal before and after the cut-off, something that is impossible to test. Mentioned only briefly, the inclusion and exclusion of covariates in the model are not discussed in detail. Standard imaging confounds such as head motion and scanning site have been included but other factors (e.g. physical exercise, smoking, socioeconomic status, genetics, alcohol consumption, etc.) may also play a role.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript by Vogt et al examines how the synaptic composition of AMPA and NMDA receptors changes over sleep and wake states. The authors perform whole-cell patch clamp recordings to quantify changes in silent synapse number across conditions of spontaneous sleep, sleep deprivation, and recovery sleep after deprivation. They also perform single nucleus RNAseq to identify transcriptional changes related to AMPA/NMDA receptor composition following spontaneous sleep and sleep deprivation. The findings of this study are consistent with a decrease in silent synapse number during wakefulness and an increase during sleep. However, these changes cannot be conclusively linked to sleep/wake states. Measurements were performed in motor cortex, and sleep deprivation was achieved by forced locomotion, raising the possibility that recent patterns of neuronal activity, rather than sleep/wake states, are responsible for the observed results.

Strengths:

This study examines an important question. Glutamatergic synaptic transmission has been a focus of studies in the sleep field, but AMPA receptor function has been the primary target of these studies. Silent synapses, which contain NMDA receptors but lack AMPA receptors, have important functional consequences for the brain. Exploring the role of sleep in regulating silent synapse number is important to understanding the role of sleep in brain function. The electrophysiological approach of measuring the failure rate ratio, supported by AMPA/NMDA ratio measurements, is a rigorous tool to evaluate silent synapse number.

The authors also perform snRNAseq to identify genes differentially expressed in the spontaneous sleep and sleep deprivation groups. This analysis reveals an intriguing pattern of upregulated genes controlled by HDAC4 and Mef2c, along with synaptic shaping component genes and genes associated with autism spectrum disorder, across cell types in the sleep deprivation group. This unbiased approach identifies candidate genes for follow-up studies. The finding that ASD-risk genes are differentially expressed during SD also raises the intriguing possibility that normal sleep function is disrupted in ASD.

Weaknesses:

A major consideration to the interpretation of this study is the use of forced locomotion for sleep deprivation. Measurements are made from motor cortex, and therefore the effects observed could be due to differences in motor activity patterns across groups, rather than lack of sleep per se. Considering that other groups have failed to find a difference in AMPA/NMDA ratio in mice with different spontaneous sleep/wake histories (Bridi et al., Neuron 2020), confirmation of these findings in a different brain region would greatly strengthen the study.

The electrophysiological measurements and statistical analyses raise several questions. Input resistance (cutoffs and actual values) are not provided, making it difficult to assess recording quality. Parametric one-way ANOVAs were used, although the data do not appear to be normally distributed. In addition, for the AMPA/NMDA and FRR measurements (Figures 1E, F), the SD group (rather than the control sleep group) was used as the control group for post-hoc comparisons, but it is unclear why. While the data appear in line with the authors' conclusions, the number of mice (3/group) and cells recorded is low, and adding more would better account for inter-animal variability and increase the robustness of the findings.

The snRNAseq data are intriguing. However, several genes relevant to the AMPA/NMDA ratio are mentioned, but the encoded proteins would be expected to have variable effects on AMPA/NMDA receptor trafficking and function, making the model presented in Figure 4C oversimplified. A more thorough discussion of the candidate genes and pathways that are upregulated during sleep deprivation, the spatiotemporal/posttranslational control of protein expression, and their effects on AMPA/NMDA trafficking vs function is warranted.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Here Vogt et al., provide new insights into the need for sleep and the molecular and physiological response to sleep loss. The authors expand on their previously published work (Bjorness et al., 2020) and draw from recent advances in the field to propose a neuron-centric molecular model for the accumulation and resolution of sleep need and basis of restorative sleep function. While speculative, the proposed model successfully links important observations in the field and provides a framework to stimulate further research and advances on the molecular basis of sleep function. In my review, I highlight the important advances of this current work, the clear merits of the proposed model, and indicate areas of the model that can serve to stimulate further investigation.

Strengths:

Reviewer comment on new data in Vogt et al., 2024<br /> Using classic slice electrophysiology, the authors conclude that wakefulness (sleep deprivation (SD)) drives a potentiation of excitatory glutamate synapses, mediated in large part by "un-silencing" of NMDAR-active synapses to AMPAR-active synapses. Using a modern single nuclear RNAseq approach the authors conclude that SD drives changes in gene expression primarily occurring in glutamatergic neurons. The two experiments combined highlight the accumulation and resolution of sleep need centered on the strength of excitatory synapses onto excitatory neurons. This view is entirely consistent with a large body of extant and emerging literature and provides important direction for future research.

Consistent with prior work, wakefulness/SD drives an LTP-type potentiation of excitatory synaptic strength on principle cortical neurons. It has been proposed that LTP associated with wake, leads to the accumulation of sleep need by increasing neuronal excitability, and by the "saturation" of LTP capacity. This saturation subsequently impairs the capacity for further ongoing learning. This new data provides a satisfying mechanism of this saturation phenomenon by introducing the concept of silent synapses. The new data show that in mice well rested, a substantial number of synapses are "silent", containing an NMDAR component but not AMPARs. Silent synapses provide a type of reservoir for learning in that activity can drive the un-silencing, increasing the number of functional synapses. SD depletes this reservoir of silent synapses to essentially zero, explaining how SD can exhaust learning capacity. Recovery sleep led to restoration of silent synapses, explaining how recovery sleep can renew learning capacity. In their prior work (Bjorness et al., 2020) this group showed that SD drives an increase in mEPSC frequency onto these same cortical neurons, but without a clear change in pre-synaptic release probability, implying a change in the number of functional synapses. This prediction is now born out in this new dataset.

The new snRNAseq dataset indicates the sleep need is primarily seen (at the transcriptional level) in excitatory neurons, consistent with a number of other studies. First, this conclusion is corroborated by an independent, contemporary snRNAseq analysis recently available as a pre-print (Ford et al., 2023 BioRxiv https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.11.28.569011). A recently published analysis on the effects of SD in drosophila imaged synapses in every brain region in a cell-type dependent manner (Weiss et al., PNAS 2024), concluding that SD drives brain wide increases in synaptic strength almost exclusively in excitatory neurons. Further, Kim et al., Nature 2022, heavily cited in this work, show that the newly described SIK3-HDAC4/5 pathway promotes sleep depth via excitatory neurons and not inhibitory neurons.

The new experiments provided in Fig1-3 are expertly conducted and presented. This reviewer has no comments of concern regarding the execution and conclusions of these experiments.

Reviewer comment on model in Vogt et al., 2024<br /> To the view of this reviewer the new model proposed by Vogt et al., is an important contribution. The model is not definitively supported by new data, and in this regard should be viewed as a perspective, providing mechanistic links between recent molecular advances, while still leaving areas that need to be addressed in future work. New snRNAseq analysis indicates SD drives expression of synaptic shaping components (SSCs) consistent with the excitatory synapse as a major target for the restorative basis of sleep function. SD induced gene expression is also enriched for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) risk genes. As pointed out by the authors, sleep problems are commonly reported in ASD, but the emphasis has been on sleep amount. This new analysis highlights the need to understand the impact on sleep's functional output (synapses) to fully understand the role of sleep problems in ASD.

Importantly, SD induced gene expression in excitatory neurons overlap with genes regulated by the transcription factor MEF2C and HDAC4/5 (Fig. 4). In their prior work, the authors show loss of MEF2C in excitatory neurons abolished the SD transcriptional response and the functional recovery of synapses from SD by recovery sleep. Recent advances identified HDAC4/5 as major regulators of sleep depth and duration (in excitatory neurons) downstream of the recently identified sleep promoting kinase SIK3. In Zhou et al., and Kim et al., Nature 2022, both groups propose a model whereby "sleep-need" signals from the synapse activate SIK3, which phosphorylates HDAC4/5, driving cytoplasmic targeting, allowing for the de-repression and transcriptional activation of "sleep genes". Prior work shows that HDAC4/5 are repressors of MEF2C. Therefore, the "sleep genes" derepressed by HDAC4/5 may be the same genes activated in response to SD by MEF2C. The new model thereby extends the signaling of sleep need at synapses (through SIK3-HDAC4/5) to the functional output of synaptic recovery by expression of synaptic/sleep genes by MEF2C. The model thereby links aspects of expression of sleep need with the resolution of sleep need by mediating sleep function: synapse renormalization.

Weaknesses:

Areas for further investigation.<br /> In the discussion section Vogt et al., explore the links between excitatory synapse strength, arguably the major target of "sleep function", and NREM slow-wave activity (SWA), the most established marker of sleep need. SIK3-HDAC4/5 have major effects on the "depth" of sleep by regulating NREM-SWA. The effects of MEF2C loss of function on NREM SWA activity are less obvious, but clearly impact the recovery of glutamatergic synapses from SD. The authors point out how adenosine signaling is well established as a mediator of SWA, but the links with adenosine and glutamatergic strength are far from clear. The mechanistic links between SIK3/HDAC4/5, adenosine signaling, and MEF2C, are far from understood. Therefore, the molecular/mechanistic links between a synaptic basis of sleep need and resolution with NREM-SWA activity require further investigation.

Additional work is also needed to understand the mechanistic links between SIK3-HDAC4/5 signaling and MEF2C activity. The authors point out that constitutively nuclear (cn) HDAC4/5 (acting as a repressor) will mimic MEF2C loss of function. This is reasonable, however, there are notable differences in the reported phenotypes of each. Notably, cnHDAC4/5 suppresses NREM amount and NREM SWA but had no effect on the NREM-SWA increase following SD (Zhou et al., Nature 2022). Loss of MEF2C in CaMKII neurons had no effect on NREM amount and suppressed the increase in NREM-SWA following SD (Bjorness et al., 2020). These instances indicate that cnHDAC4/5 and loss of MEF2C do not exactly match suggesting additional factors are relevant in these phenotypes. Likely HDAC4/5 have functionally important interactions with other transcription factors, and likewise for MEF2C, suggesting areas for future analysis.

One emerging theme may be that the SIK3-HDAC4/5 axis are major regulators of the sleep state, perhaps stabilizing the NREM state once the transition from wakefulness occurs. MEF2C is less involved in regulating sleep per se, and more involved in executing sleep function, by promoting restorative synaptic modifications to resolve sleep need.

Finally, advances in the roles of the respective SIK3-HDAC4/5 and MEF2C pathways point towards transcription of "sleep genes", as clearly indicated in the model of Fig.4. Clearly more work is needed to understand how the expression of such genes ultimately lead to resolution of sleep need by functional changes at synapses. What are these sleep genes and how do they mechanistically resolve sleep need? Thus, the current work provides a mechanistic framework to stimulate further advances in understanding the molecular basis for sleep need and the restorative basis of sleep function.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This very interesting manuscript first shows that human, murine, and feline sperm penetrate the zona pellucida (ZP) of bovine oocytes recovered directly from the ovary, although first cleavage rates are reduced (Figure 1A). Similarly, bovine sperm can penetrate superovulated murine oocytes recovered directly from the ovary (Figure 1B). However, bovine oocytes incubated with oviduct fluid (30 min) are generally impenetrable by human sperm (Figure 1C).

Thereafter, the cytoplasm was aspirated from murine oocytes - obtained from the ovary (Figure 1D) or oviduct (Figure 1D). Binding and penetration by bovine and human sperm were reduced in both groups relative to homologous (murine) sperm. However, heterologous (bovine and human) sperm penetration was further reduced in oviduct vs. ovary derived empty ZP. These compelling data show that outer (ZP) not inner (cytoplasmic) oocyte alterations reduce heterologous sperm penetration as well as homologous sperm binding.

This was repeated using empty bovine ZP incubated (Figure 2B), or not (Figure 2A) with bovine oviduct fluid. Prior oviduct fluid exposure reduced non-homologous (human and murine) empty ZP penetration, polyspermy, and sperm binding. This demonstrates that species-specific oviduct fluid factors regulate ZP penetrability.

To test the hypothesis that OVGP1 is responsible, the authors obtained his-tagged bovine and murine OVGP1 and DDK-tagged human OVGP1 proteins. Tagging was to enable purification following overexpression in BHK-21 or HEK293T cells. The authors confirm these recombinant OVGP1 proteins bound to both murine (Figure 3C) and bovine (Figure 3D) oocytes. Moreover, previous data using oviduct fluid (Figure 1D-E and 2A-B) was mirrored using bovine oocytes supplemented with homologous (bovine) recombinant OVGP1 (Figure 4B) or not (Figure 4A). This confirms the hypothesis, at least in cattle.

Next, the authors exposed bovine (Figure 6A) and murine (Figure 6B) empty ZP to bovine, murine, and human recombinant OVGP1, in addition to bovine, murine, or human sperm. Interestingly, both species-specific ZP and OVGP1 seem to be required for optimal sperm binding and penetration.

Lastly, empty bovine (Figures 7A-B) and murine (Figures 7C-D) ZP were treated with neuraminidase, or not, with or without pre-treatment with homologous OVGP1. In each case, neuraminidase reduced sperm binding and penetration. This further demonstrates that both ZP and OVGP1 are required for optimal sperm binding and penetration.

Strengths:

The authors convincingly demonstrate that two mechanisms underpin mammalian sperm recognition and penetration, the first being specific (ZP-mediated) and the second non-specific (OVGP1-mediated). This may prove useful for improving porcine in vitro fertilization (IVF), which is notoriously prone to polyspermy, in addition to human IVF, for better intrinsic individual sperm selection.

Weaknesses:

In my estimation, the following would improve this manuscript:

(1) The physiological relevance of these data could be better highlighted. For instance, future work could revolve around incubating oocytes with oviduct fluid (or OVGP1) to reduce polyspermy in porcine IVF, and naturally improve sperm selection in human IVF.

(2) Biological and technical replicate values for each experiment are unclear - for semen, oocytes, and oviduct fluid pools. I suggest providing in the Materials and Methods and/or Figure legends.

(3) Although differences presented in the bar charts seem obvious, providing statistical analyses would strengthen the manuscript.

(4) Results are presented as {plus minus} SEM (line 677); however, I believe standard deviation is more appropriate.

(5) Given the many independent experimental variables and combinations, a schematic depiction of the experimental design may benefit readers.

(6) Attention to detail can be improved in parts, as delineated in the "author recommendation" review section.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

In the manuscript entitled "Oviductin sets the species-specificity of the mammalian zona pellucida." The study analyzes the species specificity of sperm-egg recognition by looking at sperm binding and penetration of zonae pellucidae from different mammalian species and find a role for the oviductal protein OVGP1 in determining species specificity.

Strengths:

By combining sperm, oocytes, zona pellucida (ZP), and oviductal fluid from different mammalian species, they elucidate the essential role of OVGP1 in conferring species-specific fertilization.

Weaknesses:

The authors postulate a role for oviductal fluid in species-specific fertilization, but in my opinion, they cannot rule out hormonal effects or differences in the method of oocyte maturation employed.

They also cannot unequivocally prove that OVGP1 is the oviductal protein involved in the effect. Additional experiments are necessary to rule out these alternative explanations.

When performing the EZPT assay on mouse oocytes obtained either from the ovary or from the oviduct, the oocytes obtained from the ovary came from mice primed with eCG, whereas the ones collected from the oviduct were obtained from superovulated mice (eCG plus hCG). This difference in the hormonal environment may make a difference in the properties of the ZP. Additionally, the ones obtained from the ovary were in vitro matured, which is also different from the freshly ovulated eggs and, again, may change the properties of the ZP. I suggest doing this experiment superovulating both groups of mice but collecting the fully matured MII eggs from the ovary before they get ovulated. In that way the hormonal environment will be the same in both groups and in both groups, oocytes will be matured in vivo. Hence, the only difference will be the exposure to oviductal fluids.

Mice with OVGP1 deletion are viable and fertile. It would be quite interesting to investigate the species-specificity of sperm-ZP binding in this model. That would indicate whether OVGP1 is the only glycoprotein involved in determining species-specificity. Alternatively, the authors could immunodeplete OVGP1 from oviductal fluid and then ascertain whether this depleted fluid retains the ability to impede cross-species fertilization.

What is the concentration of OVGP1 in the oviduct? How did the authors decide what concentration of protein to use in the experiments where they exposed ZPs to purified OVGP1? Why did they use this experimental design to check the structure of the ZP by SEM? Why not do it on oocytes exposed to oviductal fluid, which would be more physiological?

None of the figures show any statistical analysis. Please perform analysis for all the data presented, include p values, and indicate which statistical tests were performed. The Statistical analysis section in the Methods indicating that repeated measures ANOVA was used must refer to the tables. Was normality tested? I doubt all the data are normally distributed, in which case using ANOVA is not appropriate.

Why was OVGP1 selected as the probable culprit of the species specificity? In the Results section entitled "Homology of bovine, human and murine OVGP1 proteins..." the authors delve into the possible role of this protein without any rationale for investigating it. What about other oviductal proteins?

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The present study reports findings from a series of experiments suggesting that bovine oviductal fluid and species-specific oviductal glycoprotein (OVGP1 or oviductin) from bovine, murine, or human sources modulate the species specificity of bovine and murine oocytes.

Strengths:

The study reported in the manuscript deals with an important topic of interest in reproductive biology.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript began with a well-written introduction, but problems started to surface in the Results section, in the Discussion, as well as in the Materials and Methods. Major concerns include inconsistencies, misinterpretation of results, lacking up-to-date literature search, numerous errors found in the figure legends, misleading and incorrect information given in the Materials and Methods, missing information regarding statistical analysis, and inadequate discussion. These concerns raise questions regarding the authenticity of the study, reliability of the findings, and interpretation of the results. The manuscript does not provide solid and convincing findings to support the conclusion.

Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

Summary:

The paper begins with phenotyping the DGRP for post-diapause fecundity, which is used to map genes and variants associated with fecundity. There are overlaps with genes mapped in other studies and also functional enrichment of pathways including most surprisingly neuronal pathways. This somewhat explains the strong overlap with traits such as olfactory behaviors and circadian rhythm. The authors then go on to test genes by knocking them down effectively at 10 degrees. Two genes, Dip-gamma and sbb are identified as significantly associated with post-diapause fecundity, which they also find the effects to be specific to neurons. They further show that the neurons in the antenna but not arista are required for the effects of Dip-gamma and sbb. They show that removing antenna has a diapause specific lifespan extending effect, which is quite interesting. Finally, ionotropic receptor neurons are shown to be required for the diapause associated effects.

Strengths:

Overall I find the experiments rigorously done and interpretations sound. I have no further suggestions except an ANOVA to estimate heritability of the post-diapause fecundity trait, which is routinely done in the DGRP and offers a global parameter regarding how reliable phenotyping is. A minor point is I cannot find how many DGRP lines are used.

Weaknesses:

None noted.

Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

Summary

In this study, Easwaran and Montell investigated the molecular, cellular, and genetic basis of adult reproductive diapause in Drosophila using the Drosophila Genetic Reference Panel (DGRP). Their GWAS revealed genes associated with variation in post-diapause fecundity across the DGRP and performed RNAi screens on these candidate genes. They also analyzed the functional implications of these genes, highlighting the role of genes involved in neural and germline development. In addition, in conjunction with other GWAS results, they noted the importance of the olfactory system within the nervous system, which was supported by genetic experiments. Overall, their solid research uncovered new aspects of adult diapause regulation and provided a useful reference for future studies in this field.

Strengths:

The authors used whole-genome sequenced DGRP to identify genes and regulatory mechanisms involved in adult diapause. The first Drosophila GWAS of diapause successfully uncovered many QTL underlying post-diapause fecundity variations across DGRP lines. Gene network analysis and comparative GWAS led them to reveal a key role for the olfactory system in diapause lifespan extension and post-diapause fecundity.

Comments on revised version:

While the authors have addressed many of the minor concerns raised by the reviewers, they have not fully resolved some of the key criticisms. Notably, two reviewers highlighted significant concerns regarding the phenotype and assay of post-diapause fecundity, which are critical to the study. The authors acknowledged that this assay could be confounded by the 'cold temperature endurance phenotype,' potentially altering the interpretation of their results. However, they responded by stating that it is not obvious how to separate these effects experimentally. This leaves the analysis in this research ambiguous, as also noted by Reviewer #3.

Additionally, I raised concerns about the validity of prioritizing genes with multiple associated variants. Although the authors agreed with this point, they did not revise the manuscript accordingly. The statement that 'Genes with multiple SNPs are good candidates for influencing diapause traits' is not a valid argument within the context of population and quantitative genetics.

In summary, the authors have not fully utilized the peer-review process to address the critical weaknesses identified, which ultimately leaves the quality of their work in question.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Weinberg et al. show that spike LCB minibinders can be used as the extracellular domain for SynNotch, SNIPR, and CAR. They evaluated their designs against cells expressing the target proteins and live virus.

Strengths:

This is a good fundamental demonstration of alternative use of the minibinder. The results are unsurprising but robust and solid in most cases.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript can benefit from better descriptions of the study's novelty. Given that LCB previously worked in SynNotch, what unexpected finding was uncovered by this study? It is well known that the extracellular domain of CAR is amendable to different types of binding domains (e.g., scFv, nanobody, DARPin, natural ligands). So, it is not surprising that a minibinder also works with CAR. We don't know if the minibinders are more or less likely to be compatible with CAR or SNIPR.

The demonstrations are all done using just 1 minibinder. It is hard to conclude that minibinders, as a unique class of protein binders, are generalizable in different contexts. All it can conclude is that this specific Spike minibinder can be used in synNotch, SNIPR, and CAR. The LCB3 minibinder seems to be much weaker.

The sensing of live viruses is interesting, but the output is very weak. It is difficult to imagine a utility for such a weak response.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

In this manuscript, Ferhat and colleagues describe their study aimed at developing a blood brain barrier (BBB) penetrant agent that could induce hypothermia and provide neuroprotection from the sequelae of status epilepticus (SE) in mice. Hypothermia is used clinically in an attempt to reduce neurological sequelae of injury and disease. Hypothermia can be effective, but physical means used to reduce core body temperature is associated with untoward effects. Pharmacological means to induce hypothermia could be as effective with fewer untoward complications. Intracerebroventricularly applied neurotensin can cause hypothermia; however, neurotensin applied peripherally is degraded and does not cross the BBB. Here the authors develop and characterize a neurotensin conjugate that can reach the brain, induce hypothermia, and reduce seizures, cognitive changes, and inflammatory changes associated with status epilepticus.

Strengths:

(1) In general, the study is well reasoned, well designed, and seemingly well executed.<br /> (2) Strong dose-response assessment of multiple neurotensin conjugates in mice.<br /> (3) Solid assessment of binding affinity, in vitro stability ion blood, and brain uptake of the conjugate.<br /> (4) Appropriate inclusion of controls for SE and for drug injections.<br /> (5) Multifaceted assessment of neurodegeneration, inflammation, and mossy fiber sprouting in the different groups.<br /> (6) Inclusion of behavioral assessments.<br /> (7) Evaluate NSTR1 receptor distribution in multiple ways.<br /> (8) Demonstrate that this conjugate can induce hypothermia and have positive effects on the sequelae of SE. Could have great impact on the application of pharmacologically-induced hypothermia as a neuroprotective measure in patients.

Weaknesses:

(1) The data suggest that the neurotensin conjugate causes hypothermia AND has favorable effects on the sequelae of SE. There is a limitation that they do not definitely show that the hypothermia caused by the neurotensin conjugate is necessarily responsible for the effects they see. The authors recognize and discuss this limitation in the manuscript.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors generated analogs consisting of modified neurotensin (NT) peptides capable of binding to low density lipoprotein (LDL) and NT receptors. Their lead analog was further evaluated for additional validation as a novel therapeutic. The putative mechanism of action for NT in its antiseizure activity is hypothermia, and as therapeutic hypothermia has been demonstrated in epilepsy, NT analogs may confer antiseizure activity and avoid the negative effects of induced hypothermia.

Strengths:

The authors demonstrate an innovative approach, i.e. using LDLR as a means of transport into the brain, that may extend to other compounds. They systematically validate their approach and its potential through binding, brain penetration, in vivo antiseizure efficacy, and neuroprotection studies.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Strengths:

This work adds another mouse model for LAMA2-MD that re-iterates the phenotype of previously published models. Such as dy3K/dy3K; dy/dy and dyW/dyW mice. The phenotype is fully consistent with the data from others.

One of the major weaknesses of the manuscript initially submitted was the overinterpretation and the overstatements. The revised version is clearly improved as the authors toned-down their interpretation and now also cite the relevant literature of previous work.

Weaknesses:

Unfortunately, the data on RNA-seq and scRNA-seq are still rather weak. scRNA-seq was conducted with only one mouse resulting in only 8000 nuclei. I am not convinced that the data allow us to interpret them to the extent of the authors. Similar to the first version, the authors infer function by examining expression. Although they are a bit more cautious, they still argue that the BBB is not functional in dyH/dyH mice without showing leakiness. Such experiments can be done using dyes, such as Evans-blue or Cadaverin. Hence, I would suggest that they formulate the text still more carefully.

A similar lack of evidence is true for the suggested cobblestone-like lissencephaly of the mice. There is no strong evidence that this is indeed occurring in the mice (might also be a problem because mice die early). Hence, the conclusions need to be formulated in such a way that readers understand that these are interpretations and not facts.

Finally, I am surprised that the only improvement in the main figures is the Western blot for laminin-alpha2. The histology of skeletal muscle still looks rather poor. I do not know what the problems are but suggest that the authors try to make sections from fresh-frozen tissue. I anticipate that the mice were eventually perfused with PFA before muscles were isolated. This often results in the big gaps in the sections.

Overall, the work is improved but still would need additional experiments to make it really an important addition to the literature in the LAMA-MD field.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This revised manuscript describes the production of a mouse model for LAMA2-Related Muscular Dystrophy. The authors investigate changes in transcripts within the brain and blood barrier. The authors also investigate changes in the transcriptome associated with the muscle cytoskeleton.

Strengths:

(1) The authors produced a mouse model of LAMA2-CMD using CRISPR-Cas9

(2) The authors identify cellular changes that disrupted the blood-brain barrier.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors throughout the manuscript overstate "discoveries" which have been previously described, published and not appropriately cited.

(2) Alternations in the blood brain barrier and in the muscle cell cytoskeleton in LAMA2-CMD have been extensively studied and published in the literature and are not cited appropriately.

(3) The authors have increased animal number to N=6, but this is still insufficient based on Power analysis results in statistical errors and conclusions that may be incorrect.

(4) The use of "novel mouse model" in the manuscript overstates the impact of the study.

(5) All studies presented are descriptive and do not more to the field except for producing yet another mouse model of LAMA2-CMD and is the same as all the others produced.

(6) Grip strength measurements are considered error prone and do not give an accurate measurement of muscle strength, which is better achieved using ex vivo or in vivo muscle contractility studies.

(7) A lack of blinded studies as pointed out of the authors is a concern for the scientific rigor of the study.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Suarez-Freire et al. analyzed here the function of the exocyst complex in the secretion of the glue proteins by the salivary glands of the Drosophila larva. This is a widely used, genetically accessible system in which the formation, maturation and precisely timed exocytosis of the glue secretory granules can be beautifully imaged. Using RNAi, the authors show that all units of the exocyst complex are required for exocytosis. They show that not just granule fusion with the plasma membrane is affected (canonical role), but also, with different penetrance, that glue protein is retained in the ER, secretory granules fail to fuse homotypically or fail to acquire maturation features. The authors document these phenotypes and postulate specific roles for the exocyst in these additional processes to explain them: exocyst as a Golgi-Golgi, Golgi-granule or granule-granule tether.

Compared to the initial submission, this revised version of the study presents strengthened evidence for these novel roles. In particular, authors show juxta-Golgi localization of exocyst components and disruption of the trans-Golgi compartment upon exocyst loss. Additionally, the revised study contains controls indicating that glue secretion defects prior to plasma membrane exocytosis are not due to polarity loss or unspecific poor health of cells.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The manuscript from Wappner and Melani labs claims a novel for the exocyst subunits in multiple aspects of secretory granule exocytosis. This an intriguing paper for it suggests multiple roles of the exocyst in granule maturation and fusion with roles at the ER/Golgi interface, TGN, granule homotypic fusion.

A key strength is the breadth of the assays and study of all 8 exocyst subunits in a powerful model system (fly larvae). But why do KD of different exocysts have different effects on presumed granule formation? Also it can be hard to disentangle direct vs. secondary effects, as much of the TGN seems to be altered in the KDs. The authors ascribe many of the results to the holocomplex, but there are major differences between the proteins -- this may be all related to the different levels of expression (as the authors propose), but only limited mRNA was examined.

Unresolved Comments:

(A) Explanation variability of exocyst KD on the appearance of MSG. What is remarkable is a highly variable effect of different subunit KD on the percentage of cells with MLS (Fig. 4C). Controls = 100 %, Exo70=~75% (at 19 deg), Sec3 = ~30%, Sec10 = 0%, Exo84 = 100% ... This is interesting for the functional exocyst is an octameric holocomples, thus why the huge subunit variability in the phenotypes? One explanation is that the levels of KD varied between the subunits. Another is that not all subunits have equivalent roles (as seen for instance in exocyst's roles in autophagy).

This should be addressed by quantification of the KD of the 8 different exocyst proteins (and or mRNA as only 2 subunits were studied). If their data holds up then the underlying mechanism here needs to be considered. (Note: there is some precedent from the autophagy field of differential exocyst effects).

(B) Golgi: It is unclear from their model (Fig. 5) why after exocyst KD of Sec15 the cis-Golgi is more preserved than the TGN, which appears as large vacuoles.

(C) Granule homotypic fusion. Over-expression of just one subunit, Sec15-GFP, made giant secretory granules (SG) that were over 8 microns big. Does it act like a seed to promote exocyst assembly as the authors propose? If so is there evidence that there is biochemically more holocomplex with expression of Sec15, but not other subunits?

(D) The authors should better frame their interpretations of other studies of the exocyst that includes role in autophagy, Palade body trafficking and differential roles of the subunits.

In summary, there clearly are striking new effects on secretory granule biogenesis by dysfunction of the exocyst which are important and should inspire other studies for new roles of the exocyst; e.g. in non cannonical roles. Secondly, the power of the system to partially deplete proteins (if further validated) suggests that one may need to consider protein expression as an important variable that can be used to unmask multiple phenotypes in granule maturation. Last this paper implies new roles of the exocyst in homotypic fusion, which could be investigated in future work.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Freire and co-authors examine the role of the exocyst complex during the formation and secretion of mucins from secretory granules in the larval salivary gland of Drosophila melanogaster. Using transgenic lines with a tagged Sgs3 mucin, the authors KD expression of exocyst subunit members and observe a defect in secretory granules with a heterogeneity of phenotypes. By carefully controlling RNAi expression using a Gal4-based system, the authors can KD exocyst subunit expression to varying degrees. The authors find that the stronger the inhibition of expression of the exocyst is, the earlier the defect is in the secretory pathway. The manuscript is well written, the model system is physiological, and the techniques are innovative.

In my initial review, my major concern was the pleiotropic effect of the loss of exocyst. The authors have responded to this point with clarity and have argued that the multiple localisations of exocyst during the Sgs3 synthesis programme indicate it is likely a direct phenotype. They also performed some analysis of PM lipids but did not detect a difference. I accept the arguments presented. However, I remain concerned that these are due to a pleiotropic effect. It is very hard to absolutely prove a direct effect, and due to the unusual claim and nature of the evidence (depletion levels), I think that there is still the possibility of this being an indirect effect. Perhaps it is just worth the authors writing a paragraph in the discussion, at least accepting the possibility that it is an indirect effect so future readers are aware of that.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Juan Liu et al. investigated the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization in birds in an island system in China. They used extensive bird monitoring data (9 surveys per year per island) across 36 islands of varying size and isolation from the mainland covering 10 years. The authors use extensive modeling frameworks to test a general increase of the occurrence and abundance of warm-dwelling species and vice versa for cold-dwelling species using the widely used Community Temperature Index (CTI), as well the relationship between island fragmentation in terms of island area and isolation from the mainland on extinction and colonization rates of cold- and warm-adapted species. They found that indeed there was thermophilization happening during the last 10 years, which was more pronounced for the CTI based on abundances and less clearly for the occurrence based metric. Generally, the authors show that this is driven by an increased colonization rate of warm-dwelling and an increased extinction rate of cold-dwelling species. Interestingly, they unravel some of the mechanisms behind this dynamic by showing that warm-adapted species increased while cold-dwelling decreased more strongly on smaller islands, which is - according to the authors - due to lowered thermal buffering on smaller islands (which was supported by air temperature monitoring done during the study period on small and large islands). They argue, that the increased extinction rate of cold-adapted species could also be due to lowered habitat heterogeneity on smaller islands. With regards to island isolation, they show that also both thermophilization processes (increase of warm and decrease of cold-adapted species) was stronger on islands closer to the mainland, due to closer sources to species populations of either group on the mainland as compared to limited dispersal (i.e. range shift potential) in more isolated islands.

The conclusions drawn in this study are sound, and mostly well supported by the results. Only few aspects leave open questions and could quite likely be further supported by the authors themselves thanks to their apparent extensive understanding of the study system.

Strengths:

The study questions and hypotheses are very well aligned with the methods used, ranging from field surveys to extensive modeling frameworks, as well as with the conclusions drawn from the results. The study addresses a complex question on the interplay between habitat fragmentation and climate-driven thermophilization which can naturally be affected by a multitude of additional factors than the ones included here. Nevertheless, the authors use a well balanced method of simplifying this to the most important factors in question (CTI change, extinction, colonization, together with habitat fragmentation metrics of isolation and island area). The interpretation of the results presents interesting mechanisms without being too bold on their findings and by providing important links to the existing literature as well as to additional data and analyses presented in the appendix.

Weaknesses:

The metric of island isolation based on distance to the mainland seems a bit too oversimplified as in real-life the study system rather represents an island network where the islands of different sizes are in varying distances to each other, such that smaller islands can potentially draw from the species pools from near-by larger islands too - rather than just from the mainland. Although the authors do explain the reason for this metric, backed up by earlier research, a network approach could be worthwhile exploring in future research done in this system. The fact, that the authors did find a signal of island isolation does support their method, but the variation in responses to this metric could hint on a more complex pattern going on in real-life than was assumed for this study.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Fallah and colleagues characterize the connectivity between two basal ganglia output nuclei, the SNr and GPe, and the pedunculopontine nucleus, a brainstem nucleus that is part of the mesencephalic locomotor region. Through a series of systematic electrophysiological studies, they find that these regions target and inhibit different populations of neurons, with anatomical organization. Overall, SNr projects to PPN and inhibits all major cell types, while the GPe inhibits glutamatergic and GABAergic PPN neurons, and preferentially in the caudal part of the nucleus. Optogenetic manipulation of these inputs had opposing effects on behavior - SNr terminals in the PPN drove place aversion, while GPe terminals drove place preference.

Strengths:

This work is a thorough and systematic characterization of a set of relatively understudied circuits. They build on the classic notions of basal ganglia connectivity and suggest a number of interesting future directions to dissect motor control and valence processing in brainstem systems.

Weaknesses:

Characterization of the behavioral effects of manipulations of these PPN input circuits could be further parsed, for a better understanding of the functional consequences of the connections demonstrated in the ephys analyses.

All the cell type recording studies showing subtle differences in the degree of inhibition and anatomical organization of that inhibition suggest a complex effect of general optogenetic manipulation of SNr or GPe terminals in the PPN. It will be important to determine if SNr or GPe inputs onto a particular cell type in PPN are more or less critical for how the locomotion and valence effects are demonstrated here.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Fallah et al carefully dissect projections from SNr and GPe - two key basal ganglia nuclei - to the PPN, an important brainstem nucleus for motor control. They consider inputs from these two areas onto 3 types of downstream PPN neurons: GABAergic, glutamatergic, and cholinergic neurons. They also carefully map connectivity along the rostrocaudal axis of the PPN.

Strengths:

The slice electrophysiology work is technically well done and provides useful information for further studies of PPN. The optogenetics and behavioral studies are thought-provoking, showing that SNr and GPe projections to PPN play distinct roles in behavior.

Weaknesses:

Although the optogenetics and behavioral studies are intriguing, they are somewhat difficult to fit together into a specific model of circuit function. Perhaps the authors can work to solidify the connection between these two arms of the work. Otherwise, there are a few questions whose answers could add context to the interpretation of these results:

(1) Male and female mice are used, but the authors do not discuss any analysis of sex differences. If there are no sex differences, it is still useful to report data disaggregated by sex in addition to pooled data.

(2) There is some lack of clarity in the current manuscript on the ages used - 2-5 months vs "at least 7 weeks." Is 7 weeks the time of virus injection surgery, then recordings 3 weeks later (at least 10 weeks)? Please clarify if these ages apply equally to electrophysiological and behavioral studies. If the age range used for the test is large, it may be useful to analyze and report if there are age-related effects.

(3) Were any exclusion criteria applied, e.g. to account for missed injections?

(4) 28-34degC is a fairly wide range of temperatures for electrophysiological recording, which could affect kinetics.

(5) It would be good to report the number of mice used for each condition in addition to n=cells. Statistically, it would be preferable not to assume that each cell from the same mouse is an independent measurement and to use a nested ANOVA.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The study by Fallah et al provides a thorough characterization of the effects of two basal ganglia output pathways on cholinergic, glutamatergic, and GABAergic neurons of the PPN. The authors first found that SNr projections spread over the entire PPN, whereas GPe projections are mostly concentrated in the caudal portion of the nucleus. Then the authors characterized the postsynaptic effects of optogenetically activating these basal ganglia inputs and identified the PPN's cell subtypes using genetically encoded fluorescent reporters. Activation of inputs from the SNr inhibited virtually all PPN neurons. Activation of inputs from the GPe predominantly inhibited glutamatergic neurons in the caudal PPN, and to a lesser extent GABAergic neurons. Finally, the authors tested the effects of activating these inputs on locomotor activity and place preference. SNr activation was found to increase locomotor activity and elicit avoidance of the optogenetic stimulation zone in a real-time place preference task. In contrast, GPe activation reduced locomotion and increased the time in the RTPP stimulation zone.

Strengths:

The evidence of functional connectivity of SNr and GPe neurons with cholinergic, glutamatergic, and GABAergic PPN neurons is solid and reveals a prominent influence of the SNr over the entire PPN output. In addition, the evidence of a GPe projection that preferentially innervates the caudal glutamatergic PPN is unexpected and highly relevant for basal ganglia function.

Opposing effects of two basal ganglia outputs on locomotion and valence through their connectivity with the PPN.

Overall, these results provide an unprecedented cell-type-specific characterization of the effects of basal ganglia inputs in the PPN and support the well-established notion of a close relationship between the PPN and the basal ganglia.

Weaknesses:

The behavioral experiments require further analysis as some motor effects could have been averaged out by analyzing long segments. Additional controls are needed to rule out a motor effect in the real-time place preference task. Importantly, the location of the stimulation is not reported even though this is critical to interpret the behavioral effects.

There are some concerns about the possible recruitment of dopamine neurons in the SNr experiments.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Non-canonical Wnt signaling plays an important role in morphogenesis, but how different components of the pathway are required to regulate different developmental events remains an open question. This paper focuses on elucidating the overlapping and distinct functions of dact1 and dact2, two Dishevelled-binding scaffold proteins, during zebrafish axis elongation and craniofacial development. By combining genetic studies, detailed phenotypic analysis, lineage tracing, and single cell RNA-sequencing, the authors aimed to understand (1) the relative function of dact1/2 in promoting axis elongation, (2) their ability to modulate phenotypes caused by mutations in other non-canonical wnt components, and (3) pathways downstream of dact1/2.

Corroborating previous findings, this paper showed that dact1/2 is required for convergent extension during gastrulation and body axis elongation. Qualitative evidence was also provided to support dact1/2's role in genetically modulating non-canonical wnt signaling to regulate body axis elongation and the morphology of the ethmoid plate (EP). However, the spatiotemporal function of dact1/2 remains unknown. The use of scRNA-seq identified novel pathways and targets downstream of dact1/2. Calpain 8 is one such example, and its overexpression in some of the dact1/2+/- embryos was able to phenocopy the dact1/2-/- mutant EP morphology, pointing to its sufficiency in driving the EP phenotype in a few embryos. However, the same effect was not observed in dact1-/-; dact2+/- embryos, leading to the question of how significant calpain 8 really is in this context. The requirement of calpain 8 in mediating the phenotype is unclear as well. This is the most novel aspect of the paper, but some weaknesses remain in convincingly demonstrating the importance of calpain 8.

Strengths:

(1) The generation of dact1/2 germline mutants and the use of genetic approaches to dissect their genetic interactions with wnt11f2 and gpc4 provide unambiguous and consistent results that inform the relative functions of dact1 and dact2, as well as their combined effects.<br /> (2) Because the ethmoid plate exhibits a spectrum of phenotypes in different wnt genetic mutants, it is a useful system for studying how tissue morphology can be modulated by different components of the wnt pathway.<br /> (3) The authors leveraged lineage tracing by photoconversion to dissect how dact1/2 differentially impacts the ability of different cranial neural crest populations to contribute to the ethmoid plate. This revealed that distinct mechanisms via dact1/2 and shh can lead to similar phenotypes.<br /> (4) The use of scRNA-seq was a powerful approach and identified potential novel pathways and targets downstream of dact1/2.

Weaknesses:

(1) Connecting the expression of dact1/2 and wnt11f2 to their mutant phenotypes: Given that dact1/2 and wnt11f2 expression are quite distinct, at least in the stages examined, the claim that dact1/2 function downstream of wnt11f2 is not well supported. That conclusion was based on shared craniofacial phenotypes between dact1/2-/-, wnt11f2-/-, and dact1/2-/-;wnt11f2-/- mutants. However, because the craniofacial phenotype is likely a secondary effect of dact1/2 deletion, using it to interpret the signaling axis between dact1/2 and wnt11f2 is not appropriate.<br /> (2) Spatiotemporal function of dact1/2: Germline mutations limit the authors' ability to study a gene's spatiotemporal functional requirement. They, therefore, cannot concretely attribute nor separate early-stage phenotypes (during gastrulation) to/from late stage phenotypes (EP morphological changes), which the authors postulated to result from secondary defects in floor plate and eye field morphometry. As a result, whether dact1/2 are directly involved in craniofacial development is not addressed, and the mechanisms resulting in the craniofacial phenotypes are also unclear.<br /> (3) The functional significance of calpain 8: Because calpain 8 was upregulated in many dact1/2-/- mutant cell populations (although not in the neural crest) during gastrulation, the authors tested its function by overexpressing capn8 mRNA in embryos. While only 1 out of 142 calpain 8-overexpressing wild type animals phenocopied dact1/2 mutants, 7.5% of dact1/2+/- embryos overexpressing capn8 exhibited dact1/2-like phenotypes. However, the same effect was not observed in dact1-/-; dact2+/- embryos. Given the expression pattern of calpain 8 and results from the overexpression study, the function of capn8 remains inconclusive. The requirement of calpain 8 in driving the phenotype remains unclear. The authors stated these limitations in their study.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript the authors explore the roles of dact1 and dact2 during zebrafish gastrulation and craniofacial development. Previous studies used morpholino (MO) knockdowns to show that these scaffolding proteins, which interact with dissheveled (Dsh), are expressed during zebrafish gastrulation and suggested that dact1 promotes canonical Wnt/B-catenin signaling, while dact2 promotes non-canonical Wnt/PCP-dependent convergent-extension (Waxman et al 2004). This study goes beyond this work by creating loss-of-function mutant alleles for each gene and unlike the MO studies finds little (dact2) to no (dact1) phenotypic defects in the homozygous mutants. Interestingly, dact1/2 double mutants have a more severe phenotype, which resembles those reported with MOs as well as homozygous wnt11/silberblick (wnt11/slb) mutants that disrupt non-canonical Wnt signaling (Heisenberg et al., 1997; 2000). Further analyses in this paper try to connect gastrulation and craniofacial defects in dact1/2 mutants with wnt11/slb and other wnt-pathway mutants. scRNAseq conducted in mutants identifies calpain 8 as a potential new target of dact1/2 and Wnt signaling.

Previous comments:<br /> Strengths:

When considered separately the new mutants are an improvement over the MOs and the paper contains a lot of new data.

Weaknesses:

However, the hypotheses are very poorly defined and misinterpret key previous findings surrounding the roles of wnt11 and gpc4, which results in a very confusing manuscript. Many of the results are not novel and focus on secondary defects. The most novel result overexpressing calpain8 in dact1/2 mutants is preliminary and not convincing.

The authors addressed some of our comments, but not our main criticisms, which we reiterate here:

(1) The authors argue that morpholino studies are unreliable and here they made new mutants to solve this uncertainty for dap 1/2. However, creating stable mutant lines to largely confirm previous results obtained by using morpholino knock-down phenotypes does not justify publication in eLife.

(2) The authors argue that since it has not been shown conclusively that craniofacial defects in wnt11 and dap1/2 mutants are secondary to gastrulation defects there is no solid evidence preventing them from investigating these craniofacial defects. However, since it is extremely likely that the rod-like ethmoid plates of wnt11f2- and dact1/2 mutants focused on here are secondary to gastrulation defects previously described by others (Heisenberg and NussleinVolhard 1997; Waxman et al., 2004), the burden of proof is on the authors to provide much stronger evidence against this interpretation.

(3) The data for calpain overexpression remains too preliminary.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript gives a broad overview of how to write NeuroML, a brief description of how to use it with different simulators and for different purposes - cells to networks, simulation, optimization and analysis. From this perspective it can be an extremely useful document to introduce new users to NeuroML.

Strengths:

The modularity of NeuroML is indeed a great advantage. For example, the ability to specify the channel file allows different channels to be used with different morphologies without redundancy. The hierarchical nature of NeuroML also is commendable, and well illustrated.

The number of tools available to work with NeuroML is impressive.

Having a python API and providing examples using this API is fantastic. Exporting to NeuroML from python is also a great feature.

The tutorials should assist additional scientists in adopting NeuroML.

Weaknesses:

None noted.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Developing neuronal models that are shareable, reproducible, and interoperable allows the neuroscience community to make better use of published models and to collaborate more effectively. In this manuscript, the authors present a consolidated overview of the NeuroML model description system along with its associated tools and workflows. They describe where different components of this ecosystem lay along the model development pathway and highlight resources, including documentation and tutorials, to help users employ this system.

Strengths:

The manuscript is well-organized and clearly written. It effectively uses the delineated model development life cycle steps, presented in Figure 1, to organize its descriptions of the different components and tools relating to NeuroML. It uses this framework to cover the breadth of the software ecosystem and categorize its various elements. The NeuroML format is clearly described, and the authors outline the different benefits to its particular construction. As primarily a means of describing models, NeuroML also depends on many other software components to be of high utility to computational neuroscientists; these include simulators (ones that both pre-date NeuroML and those developed afterwards), visualization tools, and model databases.

Overall, the rationale for the approach NeuroML has taken is convincing and well-described. The pointers to existing documentation, guides, and the example usages presented within the manuscript are useful starting points for potential new users. This manuscript can also serve to inform potential users of features or aspect of the ecosystem that they may have been unaware of, which could lower obstacles to adoption. While much of what is presented is not new to this manuscript, it still serves as a useful resource for the community looking for information about an established, but perhaps daunting, set of computational tools.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript in large part catalogs the different tools and functionalities that have been produced through the long development cycle of NeuroML. Overall, the interoperability of NeuroML is a benefit, but it does increase the complexity of choices facing users entering into the ecosystem.

In many respects this is an intractable fact of the current environment, but the authors do try to mitigate the issue with user guides (e.g., Table 1) and example code (e.g. Box 1) which address a range of target user audiences, from those learning about the ecosystem for the first time to those looking to implement specific model features. They also categorize different simulator options (Figure 5) and provide feature comparisons (Table 3), which could assist with the most daunting choice faced by new users.

Comments on revised version:

The authors have addressed my major concerns with the original manuscript. The discussion of simulators in particular is much clearer now, and the manuscript has been restructured so that specific details pertinent to a much more focused audience have been rewritten or shifted to more appropriate locations.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The conserved AAA-ATPase PCH-2 has been shown in several organisms including C. elegans to remodel classes of HORMAD proteins that act in meiotic pairing and recombination. In some organisms the impact of PCH-2 mutations is subtle but becomes more apparent when other aspects of recombination are perturbed. Patel et al. performed a set of elegant experiments in C. elegans aimed at identifying conserved functions of PCH-2. Their work provides such an opportunity because in C. elegans meiotically expressed HORMADs localize to meiotic chromosomes independently of PCH-2. Work in C. elegans also allows the authors to focus on nuclear PCH-2 functions as opposed to cytoplasmic functions also seen for PCH-2 in other organisms.

The authors performed the following experiments:

(1) They constructed C. elegans animals with SNPs that enabled them to measure crossing over in intervals that cover most of four of the six chromosomes. They then showed that double-crossovers, which were common on most of the four chromosomes in wild-type, were absent in pch-2. They also noted shifts in crossover distribution in the four chromosomes.

(2) Based on the crossover analysis and previous studies they hypothesized that PCH-2 plays a role at an early stage in meiotic prophase to regulate how SPO-11 induced double-strand breaks are utilized to form crossovers. They tested their hypothesis by performing ionizing irradiation and depleting SPO-11 at different stages in meiotic prophase in wild-type and pch-2 mutant animals. The authors observed that irradiation of meiotic nuclei in zygotene resulted in pch-2 nuclei having a larger number of nuclei with 6 or greater crossovers (as measured by COSA-1 foci) compared to wildtype. Consistent with this observation, SPO11 depletion, starting roughly in zygotene, also resulted in pch-2 nuclei having an increase in 6 or more COSA-1 foci compared to wild type. The increased number at this time point appeared beneficial because a significant decrease in univalents was observed.

(3) They then asked if the above phenotypes correlated with the localization of MSH-5, a factor that stabilizes crossover-specific DNA recombination intermediates. They observed that pch-2 mutants displayed an increase in MSH-5 foci at early times in meiotic prophase and an unexpectedly higher number at later times. They conclude based on the differences in early MSH-5 localization and the SPO-11 and irradiation studies that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and early loading of MSH-5. By analyzing different HORMAD proteins that are defective in forming the closed conformation acted upon by PCH-2, they present evidence that MSH-5 loading was regulated by the HIM-3 HORMAD.

(4) They performed a crossover homeostasis experiment in which DSB levels were reduced. The goal of this experiment was to test if PCH-2 acts in crossover assurance. Interestingly, in this background PCH-2 negative nuclei displayed higher levels of COSA-1 foci compared to PCH-2 positive nuclei. This observation and a further test of the model suggested that "PCH-2's presence on the SC prevents crossover designation."

(5) Based on their observations indicating that early DSBS are prevented from becoming crossovers by PCH-2, the authors hypothesized that the DNA damage kinase CHK-2 and PCH-2 act to control how DSBs enter the crossover pathway. This hypothesis was developed based on their finding that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and previous work showing that CHK-2 activity is modulated during meiotic recombination progression. They tested their hypothesis using a mutant synaptonemal complex component that maintains high CHK-2 activity that cannot be turned off to enable crossover designation. Their finding that the pch-2 mutation suppressed the crossover defect (as measured by COSA-1 foci) supports their hypothesis.

Based on these studies the authors provide convincing evidence that PCH-2 prevents early DSBs from becoming crossovers and controls the number and distribution of crossovers to promote a regulated mechanism that ensures the formation of obligate crossovers and crossover homeostasis. As the authors note, such a mechanism is consistent with earlier studies suggesting that early DSBs could serve as "scouts" to facilitate homolog pairing or to coordinate the DNA damage response with repair events that lead to crossing over. The detailed mechanistic insights provided in this work will certainly be used to better understand functions for PCH-2 in meiosis in other organisms. My comments below are aimed at improving the clarity of the manuscript.

Comments

(1) It appears from reading the Materials and Methods that the SNPs used to measure crossing over were obtained by mating Hawaiian and Bristol strains. It is not clear to this reviewer how the SNPs were introduced into the animals. Was crossing over measured in a single animal line? Were the wild-type and pch-2 mutations made in backgrounds that were isogenic with respect to each other? This is a concern because it is not clear, at least to this reviewer, how much of an impact crossing different ecotypes will have on the frequency and distribution of recombination events (and possibly the recombination intermediates that were studied).

(2) The authors state that in pch-2 mutants there was a striking shift of crossovers (line 135) to the PC end for all of the four chromosomes that were tested. I looked at Figure 1 for some time and felt that the results were more ambiguous. Map distances seemed similar at the PC end for wildtype and pch-2 on Chrom. I. While the decrease in crossing over in pch-2 appeared significant for Chrom. I and III, the results for Chrom. IV, and Chrom. X. seemed less clear. Were map distances compared statistically? At least for this reviewer the effects on specific intervals appear less clear and without a bit more detail on how the animals were constructed it's hard for me to follow these conclusions.

(3) Figure 2. I'm curious why non-irradiated controls were not tested side-by-side for COSA-1 staining. It just seems like a nice control that would strengthen the authors' arguments.

(4) Figure 3. It took me a while to follow the connection between the COSA-1 staining and DAPI staining panels (12 hrs later). Perhaps an arrow that connects each set of time points between the panels or just a single title on the X-axis that links the two would make things clearer.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper has some intriguing data regarding the different potential roles of Pch-2 in ensuring crossing over. In particular, the alterations in crossover distribution and Msh-5 foci are compelling. My main issue is that some of the models are confusingly presented and would benefit from some reframing. The role of Pch-2 across organisms has been difficult to determine, the ability to separate pairing and synapsis roles in worms provides a great advantage for this paper.

Strengths:

Beautiful genetic data, clearly made figures. Great system for studying the role of Pch-2 in crossing over.

Weaknesses:

(1) For a general audience, definitions of crossover assurance, crossover eligible intermediates, and crossover designation would be helpful. This applies to both the proposed molecular model and the cytological manifestation that is being scored specifically in C. Elegans.

(2) Line 62: Is there evidence that DSBs are introduced gradually throughout the early prophase? Please provide references.

(3) Do double crossovers show strong interference in worms? Given that the PC is at the ends of chromosomes don't you expect double crossovers to be near the chromosome ends and thus the PC?

(4) Line 155 - if the previous data in Deshong et al is helpful it would be useful to briefly describe it and how the experimental caveats led to misinterpretation (or state that further investigation suggests a different model etc.). Many readers are unlikely to look up the paper to find out what this means.

(5) Line 248: I am confused by the meaning of crossover assurance here - you see no difference in the average number of COSA-1 foci in Pch-2 vs. wt at any time point. Is it the increase in cells with >6 COSA-1 foci that shows a loss of crossover assurance? That is the only thing that shows a significant difference (at the one time point) in COSA-1 foci. The number of dapi bodies shows the loss of Pch-2 increases crossover assurance (fewer cells with unattached homologs). So this part is confusing to me. How does reliably detecting foci vs. DAPI bodies explain this?

(6) Line 384: I am confused. I understand that in the dsb-2/pch2 mutant there are fewer COSA-1 foci. So fewer crossovers are designated when DSBs are reduced in the absence of PCH-2. How then does this suggest that PCH-2's presence on the SC prevents crossover designation? Its absence is preventing crossover designation at least in the dsb-2 mutant.

(7) Discussion Line 535: How do you know that the crossovers that form near the PCs are Class II and not the other way around? Perhaps early forming Class I crossovers give time for a second Class II crossover to form. In budding yeast, it is thought that synapsis initiation sites are likely sites of crossover designation and class I crossing over. Also, the precursors that form class I and II crossovers may be the same or highly similar to each other, such that Pch-2's actions could equally affect both pathways.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript describes an in-depth analysis of the effect of the AAA+ ATPase PCH-2 on meiotic crossover formation in C. elegant. The authors reach several conclusions, and attempt to synthesize a 'universal' framework for the role of this factor in eukaryotic meiosis.

Strengths:

The manuscript makes use of the advantages of the 'conveyor' belt system within the c.elegans reproductive tract, to enable a series of elegant genetic experiments.

Weaknesses:

A weakness of this manuscript is that it heavily relies on certain genetic/cell biological assays that can report on distinct crossover outcomes, without clear and directed control over other aspects and variables that might also impact the final repair outcome. Such assays are currently out of reach in this model system.

In general, this manuscript could be more generally accessible to non-C.elegans readers. Currently, the manuscript is hard to digest for non-experts (even if meiosis researchers). In addition, the authors should be careful to consider alternative explanations for certain results. At several steps in the manuscript, results could ostensibly be caused by underlying defects that are currently unknown (for example, can we know for sure that pch-2 mutants do not suffer from altered DSB patterning, and how can we know what the exact functional and genetic interactions between pch-2 and HORMAD mutants tell us?). Alternative explanations are possible and it would serve the reader well to explicitly name and explain these options throughout the manuscript.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The Bagnat and Rawls groups' previous published work (Park et al., 2019) described the kinetics and genetic basis of protein absorption in a specialized cell population of young vertebrates termed lysosome-rich enterocytes (LREs). In this study they seek to understand how the presence and composition of the microbiota impacts the protein absorption function of these cells and reciprocally, how diet and intestinal protein absorption function impact the microbiome.

Strengths of the study include the functional assays for protein absorption performed in live larval zebrafish, which provides detailed kinetics on protein uptake and degradation with anatomic precision, and the gnotobiotic manipulations. The authors clearly show that the presence of the microbiota or of certain individual bacterial members slows the uptake and degradation of multiple different tester fluorescent proteins.

To understand the mechanistic basis for these differences, the authors also provide detailed single-cell transcriptomic analyses of cells isolated based on both an intestinal epithelial cell identity (based on a transgenic marker) and their protein uptake activity. The data generated from these analyses, presented in Figures 3-5, are valuable for expanding knowledge about zebrafish intestinal epithelial cell identities, but of more limited interest to a broader readership. Some of the descriptive analysis in this section is circular because the authors define subsets of LREs (termed anterior and posterior) based on their fabp2 expression levels, but then go on to note transcriptional differences between these cells (for example in fabp2) that are a consequence of this initial subsetting.

Inspired by their single-cell profiling and by previous characterization of the genes required for protein uptake and degradation in the LREs, the authors use quantitative hybridization chain reaction RNA-fluorescent in situ hybridization to examine transcript levels of several of these genes along the length of the LRE intestinal region of germ-free versus mono-associated larvae. They provide good evidence for reduced transcript levels of these genes that correlate with the reduced protein uptake in the mono-associated larval groups.

The final part of the study (shown in Figure 7) characterized the microbiomes of 30-day-old zebrafish reared from 6-30 days on defined diets of low and high protein and with or without homozygous loss of the cubn gene required for protein uptake. The analysis of these microbiomes notes some significant differences between fish genotypes by diet treatments, but the discussion of these data does not provide strong support for the hypothesis that "LRE activity has reciprocal effects on the gut microbiome". The most striking feature of the MDS plot of Bray Curtis distance between zebrafish samples shown in Figure 7B is the separation by diet independent of host genotype, which is not discussed in the associated text. Additionally, the high protein diet microbiomes have a greater spread than those of the low protein treatment groups, with the high protein diet cubn mutant samples being the most dispersed. This pattern is consistent with the intestinal microbiota under a high protein diet regimen and in the absence of protein absorption machinery being most perturbed in stochastic ways than in hosts competent for protein uptake, consistent with greater beta dispersal associated with more dysbiotic microbiomes (described as the Anna Karenina principle here: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28836573/). It would be useful for the authors to provide statistics on the beta dispersal of each treatment group.

Overall, this study provides strong evidence that specific members of the microbiota differentially impact gene expression and cellular activities of enterocyte protein uptake and degradation, findings that have a significant impact on the field of gastrointestinal physiology. The work refines our understanding of intestinal cell types that contribute to protein uptake and their respective transcriptomes. The work also provides some evidence that microbiomes are modulated by enterocyte protein uptake capacity in a diet-dependent manner. These latter findings provide valuable datasets for future related studies.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors set out to determine how the microbiome and host genotype impact host protein-based nutrition.

Strengths:

The quantification of protein uptake dynamics is a major strength of this work and the sensitivity of this assay shows that the microbiome and even mono-associated bacterial strains dampen protein uptake in the host by causing down-regulation of genes involved in this process rather than a change in cell type.

The use of fluorescent proteins in combination with transcript clustering in the single cell seq analysis deepens our understanding of the cells that participate in protein uptake along the intestine. In addition to the lysozome-rich enterocytes (LRE), subsets of enteroendocrine cells, acinar, and goblet cells also take up protein. Intriguingly, these non-LRE cells did not show lysosomal-based protein degradation; but importantly analysis of the transcripts upregulated in these cells include dab2 and cubn, genes shown previously as being essential to protein uptake.

The derivation of zebrafish mono-associated with single strains of microbes paired with HCR to localize and quantify the expression of host protein absorption genes shows that different bacterial strains suppress these genes to variable extents.

The analysis of microbiome composition, when host protein absorption is compromised in cubn-/- larvae or by reducing protein in the food, demonstrates that changes to host uptake can alter the abundance of specific microbial taxa like Aeramonas.

Weaknesses:

The finding that neurons are positive for protein uptake in the single-cell data set is not adequately discussed. It is curious because the cldn:GFP line used for sorting does not mark neurons and if the neurons are taking up mCherry via trans-synaptic uptake from EECs, those neurons should be mCherry+/GFP-; yet methods indicate GFP+ and GFP+/mCherry+ cells were the ones collected and analyzed.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Childers et al. address a fundamental question about the complex relationship within the gut: the link between nutrient absorption, microbial presence, and intestinal physiology. They focus on the role of lysosome-rich enterocytes (LREs) and the microbiota in protein absorption within the intestinal epithelium. By using germ-free and conventional zebrafishes, they demonstrate that microbial association leads to a reduction in protein uptake by LREs. Through impressive in vivo imaging of gavaged fluorescent proteins, they detail the degradation rate within the LRE region, positioning these cells as key players in the process. Additionally, the authors map protein absorption in the gut using single-cell sequencing analysis, extensively describing LRE subpopulations in terms of clustering and transcriptomic patterns. They further explore the monoassociation of ex-germ-free animals with specific bacterial strains, revealing that the reduction in protein absorption in the LRE region is strain-specific.

Strengths:

The authors employ state-of-the-art imaging to provide clear evidence of the protein absorption rate phenotype, focusing on a specific intestinal region. This innovative method of fluorescent protein tracing expands the field of in vivo gut physiology.

Using both conventional and germ-free animals for single-cell sequencing analysis, they offer valuable epithelial datasets for researchers studying host-microbe interactions. By capitalizing on fluorescently labelled proteins in vivo, they create a new and specific atlas of cells involved in protein absorption, along with a detailed LRE single-cell transcriptomic dataset.

Weaknesses:

While the authors present tangible hypotheses, the data are primarily correlative, and the statistical methods are inadequate. They examine protein absorption in a specific, normalized intestinal region but do not address confounding factors between germ-free and conventional animals, such as size differences, transit time, and oral gavage, which may impact their in vivo observations. This oversight can lead to bold conclusions, where the data appear valuable but require more nuance.

The sections of the study describing the microbiota or attempting functional analysis are elusive, with related data being overinterpreted. The microbiome field has long used 16S sequencing to characterize the microbiota, but its variability due to experimental parameters limits the ability to draw causative conclusions about the link between LRE activity, dietary protein, and microbial composition. Additionally, the complex networks involved in dopamine synthesis and signalling cannot be fully represented by RNA levels alone. The authors' conclusions on this biological phenomenon based on single-cell data need support from functional and in vivo experiments.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Parsing speech into meaningful linguistic units is a fundamental yet challenging task that infants face while acquiring the native language. Computing transitional probabilities (TPs) between syllables is a segmentation cue well-attested since birth. In this research, the authors examine whether newborns compute TPs over any available speech feature (linguistic and non-linguistic), or whether by contrast newborns' favor the computation of TPs over linguistic content over non-linguistic speech features such as speaker's voice. Using EEG and the artificial language learning paradigm, they record the neural responses of two groups of newborns presented with speech streams in which either phonetic content or speaker's voice are structured to provide TPs informative of word boundaries, while the other dimension provides uninformative information. They compare newborns' neural responses to these structured streams to their processing of a stream in which both dimensions vary randomly. After the random and structured familiarization streams, the newborns are presented with (pseudo)words as defined by their informative TPs, as well as partwords (that is, sequences that straddle a word boundary), extracted from the same streams. Analysis of the neural responses shows that while newborns neural activity entrained to the syllabic rate (2 Hz) when listening to the random and structured streams, it additionally entrained at the word rate (4 Hz) only when listening to the structured streams, finding no differential response between the streams structured around voice or phonetic information. Newborns showed also different neural activity in response to the words and part words. In sum, the study reveals that newborns compute TPs over linguistic and non-linguistic features of speech, these are calculated independently, and linguistic features do not lead to a processing advantage.

Strengths:

This interesting research furthers our knowledge of the scope of the statistical learning mechanism, which is confirmed to be a general-purpose powerful tool that allows humans to extract patterns of co-occurring events while revealing no apparent preferential processing for linguistic features. To answer its question, the study combines a highly replicated and well-established paradigm, i.e. the use of an artificial language in which pseudowords are concatenated to yield informative TPs to word boundaries, with a state-of-the-art EEG analysis, i.e. neural entrainment. The sample size of the groups is sufficient to ensure power, and the design and analysis are solid and have been successfully employed before.

Weaknesses:

There are no significant weaknesses to signal in the manuscript. However, in order to fully conclude that there is no obvious advantage for the linguistic dimension in neonates, it would have been most useful to test a third condition in which the two dimensions were pitted against each other, that is, in which they provide conflicting information as to the boundaries of the words comprised in the artificial language. This last condition would have allowed us to determine whether statistical learning weighs linguistic and non-linguistic features equally, or whether phonetic content is preferentially processed.

To sum up, the authors achieved their central aim of determining whether TPs are computed over both linguistic and non-linguistic features, and their conclusions are supported by the results. This research is important for researchers working on language and cognitive development, and language processing, as well as for those working on cross-species comparative approaches.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript investigates to what degree neonates show evidence for statistical learning from regularities in streams of syllables, either with respect to phonemes or with respect to speaker identity. Using EEG, the authors found evidence for both, stronger entrainment to regularities as well as ERP differences in response to violations of previously introduced regularities. In addition, violations of phoneme regularities elicited an ERP pattern which the authors argue might index a precursor of the N400 response in older children and adults.

Strengths:

All in all, this is a very convincing paper, which uses a clever manipulation of syllable streams to target the processing of different features. The combination of neural entrainment and ERP analysis allows for the assessment of different processing stages, and implementing this paradigm in a comparably large sample of neonates is impressive. I only have some smaller comments.

Weaknesses:

I am skeptical regarding the interpretation of the phoneme-specific ERP effect as a precursor of the N400 and would suggest toning it down. While the authors are correct in that infant ERP components are typically slower and more posterior compared to adult components, and the observed pattern is hence consistent with an adult N400, at the same time, it could also be a lot of other things. On a functional level, I can't follow the author's argument as to why a violation in phoneme regularity should elicit an N400, since there is no evidence for any semantic processing involved. In sum, I think there is just not enough evidence from the present paradigm to confidently call it an N400.

Why did the authors choose to include male and female voices? While using both female and male stimuli of course leads to a higher generalizability, it also introduces a second dimension for one feature that is not present for this other (i.e., phoneme for Experiment 1 and voice identity plus gender for Experiment 2). Hence, couldn't it also be that the infants extracted the regularity with which one gender voice followed the other? For instance, in List B, in the words, one gender is always followed by the other (M-F or F-M), while in 2/3 of the part-words, the gender is repeated (F-F and M-M). Wouldn't you expect the same pattern of results if infants learned regularities based on gender rather than identity?

Do you have any idea why the duplet entrainment effect occurs over the electrodes it does, in particular over the occipital electrodes (which seems a bit unintuitive given that this is a purely auditory experiment with sleeping neonates).

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This study is focused on testing whether statistical learning (a mechanism for parsing the speech signal into smaller chunks) preferentially operates over certain features of the speech at birth in humans. The features under investigation are phonetic content and speaker identity. Newborns are tested in an EEG paradigm in which they are exposed to a long stream of syllables. In Experiment 1, newborns are familiarized with a sound stream that comprises regularities (transitional probabilities) over syllables (e.g., "pe" followed by "tu" in "petu" with 1.0 probability) while the voices uttering the syllables remain random. In Experiment 2, newborns are familiarized with the same sound stream but, this time, the regularities are built over voices (e.g., "green voice" followed by "red voice" with 1.0 probability) while the concatenation of syllables stays random. At the test, all newborns listened to duplets (individual chunks) that either matched or violated the structure of the familiarization. In both experiments, newborns showed neural entrainment to the regularities implemented in the stream, but only the duplets defined by transitional probabilities over syllables (aka word forms) elicited a N400 ERP component. These results suggest that statistical learning operates in parallel and independently on different dimensions of the speech already at birth and that there seems to be an advantage for processing statistics defining word forms rather than voice patterns.

Strengths:

This paper presents an original experimental design that combines two types of statistical regularities in a speech input. The design is robust and appropriate for EEG with newborns. I appreciated the clarity of the Methods section. There is also a behavioral experiment with adults that acts like a control study for newborns. The research question is interesting, and the results add new information about how statistical learning works at the beginning of postnatal life, and on which features of the speech. The figures are clear and helpful in understanding the methods, especially the stimuli and how the regularities were implemented.

Weaknesses:

(1) I'm having a hard time understanding the link between the results of the study and the universality of statistical learning. The main goal of the study was testing whether statistical learning is a general mechanism for newborns that operates on any speech dimension, or whether it operates over linguistic features only. To test that, statistical regularities (TPs) were built over syllables (e.g., pe followed by tu in petu with 1.0 probability) or voices (e.g., green voice followed by red voice with 1.0 probability). Voices were considered as the non-linguistic dimension.

While it's true that voice is not essential for language (i.e., sign languages are implemented over gestures; the use of voices to produce non-linguistic sounds, like laughter), it is a feature of spoken languages. Thus I'm not sure if we can really consider this study as a comparison between linguistic and non-linguistic dimensions. In turn, I'm not sure that these results show that statistical learning at birth operates on non-linguistic features, being voices a linguistic dimension at least in spoken languages. I'd like to hear the authors' opinions on this.

Along the same line, in the Discussion section, the present results are interpreted within a theoretical framework showing statistical learning in auditory non-linguistic (string of tones, music) and visual domains as well as visual and other animal species. I'm not sure if that theoretical framework is the right fit for the present results.

(2) I'm not sure whether the fact that we see parallel and independent tracking of statistics in the two dimensions of speech at birth indicates that newborns would be able to do so in all the other dimensions of the speech. If so, what other dimensions are the authors referring to?

(3) Lines 341-345: Statistical learning is an evolutionary ancient learning mechanism but I do not think that the present results are showing it. This is a study on human neonates and adults, there are no other animal species involved therefore I do not see a connection with the evolutionary history of statistical learning. It would be much more interesting to make claims on the ontogeny (rather than philogeny) of statistical learning, and what regularities newborns are able to detect right after birth. I believe that this is one of the strengths of this work.

(4) The description of the stimuli in Lines 110-113 is a bit confusing. In Experiment 1, e.g., "pe" and "tu" are both uttered by the same voice, correct? ("random voice each time" is confusing). Whereas in Experiment 2, e.g., "pe" and "tu" are uttered by different voices, for example, "pe" by yellow voice and "tu" by red voice. If this is correct, then I recommend the authors to rephrase this section to make it more clear.

(5) Line 114: the sentence "they should compute a 36 x 36 TPs matrix relating each acoustic signal, with TPs alternating between 1/6 within words and 1/12 between words" is confusing as it seems like there are different acoustic signals. Can the authors clarify this point?

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The central question of this manuscript is the role of RNase III in supporting Salmonella infection. The authors begin with an RNAseq analysis of a collection of food or clinical Salmonella isolates from China, identifying RNase III (encoded by rnc) as an upregulated gene in clinical ("high virulence") isolates. Based on follow-up studies with knockout and complemented strains, the authors propose that RNase III has two roles - one in the upregulation of sodA expression to counter host-derived ROS, and the other in general degradation of dsRNA to dampen host immune responses. Overall, the manuscript is logical and the authors make largely reasonable interpretations of their data. However, the depth of supporting evidence limits the breadth of the authors' conclusions in their current form. Thus, this manuscript will be useful to researchers in directly related fields of study, but more work is required to understand how these proposed mechanisms function during infection.

Strengths:

(1) The use of comparative RNAseq between different isolates to identify potential virulence mechanisms is a powerful approach to understanding what makes certain strains more likely to cause infection over others.

(2) The experiments identifying dsRNA as the factor contributing to increased innate immune induction in the rnc knockout strain are particularly thorough.

(3) The authors observed an in vivo mammalian infection defect for RNase III-deficient Salmonella, a novel finding for the field and strong evidence that this protein is required to support pathogen fitness.

Weaknesses:

(1) The strengths of the manuscript are in places obscured by a lack of clarity and justification in the manuscript about strain selection and rationale for using some backgrounds over others. Moreover, several aspects of the organization and flow of the manuscript could be improved, as data is described out of order and the text description of results does not always align with the data presented.

(2) The specific claim that the relatively modest increase in expression of RNase III in some isolates (Figure 1A) accounts for their "virulence" is not well-supported, since the only comparisons in the study are between total knockouts or wild-type (and not overexpression) and the actual protein levels of RNase III are not quantified.

(3) Although the experiments on dsRNA are strong, they would have benefited from measurements of cytokine production/immune responses during infection with the actual knockout strains instead of transfected RNA along with quantification of Salmonella burdens.

(4) The contribution of RNase III catalytic activity (i.e., through the use of a catalytically dead mutant) was not assessed, which means that a role for general RNA binding or protein-protein interactions cannot be ruled out from this study.

(5) The in vivo work was limited to survival analysis, so whether the proposed mechanisms account for the defects observed could not be resolved.

(6) Statistical analysis throughout the manuscript is inconsistently applied, making it hard in places to determine whether the differences seen in phenotypes are biologically significant.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work attempted to investigate how the gene rnc, which showed higher expression in clinical strains of Salmonella Enteritidis compared to those isolated from food, affects the virulence of this bacteria through modulating dsRNA levels and the immune response of host cells.

Strengths:

The authors clearly demonstrated that the deletion of rnc Salmonella Enteritidis leads to an accumulation of dsRNA inside the cells, which further activates the immune response of host cells. It is also well demonstrated that the rnc gene deletion results in an increased ROS level through regulating the SodA protein.

Weaknesses:

(1) It is unclear whether the higher rnc expression in clinical strains of Salmonella Enteritidis is universal or just specific to several strains, because of the inadequate data provided and different strains used for different tests in this study.

(2) A lot of specific information is missing in the Figure legends and Method section, which makes it hard to understand some of the key results in the manuscript.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Chan et al. evaluated the role of RNase III, encoded by the rnc gene, in Salmonella virulence. Chan et al. first identified rnc among the genes with upregulated mRNA levels in virulent Salmonella isolates. The authors further showed that deletion of rnc resulted in increased double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) and reduced invasion rate and replication rate in an in vitro macrophage model. The authors then showed that transfection of total RNA of rnc knock-out strains upregulates (with respect to a WT Salmonella strain) expression levels of immune-related genes (e.g., TNF-a, IL-1B, etc.) in a dsRNA-dependent manner. The authors reported reduced SodA protein accumulation in the rnc knock-out strains, despite higher levels of sodA mRNA, suggesting a role of SodA in the protection against reactive oxygen species. Finally, the authors showed, using a mice model, the partial contribution of sodA in the restoration of virulence levels in the rnc knock-out strains.

Strengths:

(1) The manuscript is well written.

(2) The authors evaluated the impact of rnc deletion in both in vitro and mice infection models. Both experiment setups supported the contribution of rnc to Salmonella virulence.

(3) The authors tested the effect of rnc deletion in different genetic backgrounds (i.e., different bacterial isolates) offering additional support to their claims.

(4) Measurement of SodA protein levels nicely complemented and informed initial findings at the mRNA level.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors failed to discuss how their work differentiates from recent studies of rnc deletion strains in Salmonella (NIH PMID: 38182942) and Escherichia coli (NIH PMID: 35456749). Remarkably, the first publication performed genome-wide transcriptional profiling of a rnc deletion Salmonella strain. The second publication explored the link between rnc and sodA in E. coli.

(2) The authors should explain what the criteria for selecting food and clinical isolates for molecular characterization were. This information is valuable for the reader as they may wonder about the impact of isolate selection in the study's conclusions. Similarly, the authors need to explain how they selected their controls for baseline gene expression, virulence, etc.. Furthermore, I wondered if they could use an avirulent Salmonella strain as an additional control.

(3) The authors do not perform any analysis of the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified in their study. They should leverage DEGs to expand their mechanistic insights of other genes or functional processes putatively linked to rnc activity and virulence. Additionally, authors should make transcriptional data and the output of their differential expression analysis (and the list of differentially expressed genes-DEGs) available to the readers. In fact, it is not clear how the DEGS were defined.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript by Wang et al. investigates the interesting relationship between Streptococcus suis (S. suis) growth phases and levels of virulence factor, specifically the capsular polysaccharide (CPS), in the bacterial cell wall. S. suis is a gram positive bacterial pathogen that causes important losses in the swine industry worldwide. Interestingly, S. suis is also a resident bacteria in the pig tonsils. Vaccination against bacterial infections such as S. suis can be difficult, and understanding how the serotype of a bacterial pathogen impacts what body sites are infected and the dynamics of pathogen dissemination is critical. In this case, this manuscript looks at neuroinvasion of S. suis following intranasal delivery because this pathogen causes meningitis in infected hosts. Further, understanding host - pathogen interactions at early time points in the upper respiratory tract may have broad implications for vaccine development.

The authors use an understudied mouse intranasal infection model of S. suis to connect growth phase related CPS abundance to the pathogenicity of the bacteria in the nose and blood.

Adoptive transfer of serum against either CPS or V5 (five other virulence factors) supports the idea that S. suis CPS levels are an important factor that shapes how this bacterium reaches different organs.

Some conclusions are not completely supported by the present data, and at times the manuscript is disjoint and hard to follow. While the work has some interesting observations, additional experiments and controls are warranted to support the claims of the manuscript .

Strengths:

The model of intranasal infection is compelling to expand upon work previously done in vitro and with systemic routes of infection. The histology and fluorescent imaging of the olfactory epithelium and olfactory bulb complement work in figure 2 about the attachment of S. Suis to epithelial cells and the bacterial burden over time in different organs of figure 3. Histology was performed at 1 hour and 9 days after intranasal infection with stationary phase S. Suis and drives home that this pathogen can invade the olfactory nerve and may potentially cause bacterial meningitis seen in some infected swine.

The adoptive transfer of either anti-CPS or anti-V5 to mice before infection at both longer (12 hr), and shorter (1 hr) time points is useful to demonstrate that the changes in cell wall composition between the NALT/CSF and blood compartments result in different efficacy in clearing bacteria from those locations. This is fundamental for the development of vaccines for the swine industry and begs those developing other bacterial vaccines to consider what virulence factors are the most useful as neutralizing antibody targets at the sight of bacterial invasion.

Demonstrating that the amount of CPS within the cell wall of S. suis is related to the growth phase of the bacteria is an important consideration for vaccine development. While others had previously shown that CPS levels were higher in the blood than in the CNS, and that CPS decreases the invasion of epithelial cells, the close look at the olfactory epithelium at an early time point of 1 hr ties together in vitro findings. The control of a CPS-negative strain was critical to understanding their findings. The location and the microbial community that bacterial pathogens live within may change the growth phase and therefore also the cell wall components.

Weaknesses:

While the authors present compelling data that is relevant to the development of anti-bacterial vaccinations, the data does not completely match their assertions and there are places where some further investigation would further the impact of their interesting study.

Major concerns for the manuscript:

-The intranasal infections were done with S. suis in the stationary phase which has been shown to have less CPS on the cell wall. While this mimics the literature that shows S. Suis to have less CPS in the CNS, the difference in the pathogenesis of a log phase vs. stationary phage intranasal infection would be interesting. Especially because the bacteria is a part of the natural microbial community of swine tonsils, it is curious if the change in growth phase and therefore CPS levels may be a causative reason for pathogenic invasion in some pigs.

-The authors should consider taking the bacteria from NALT/CSF and blood and compare the lag times bacteria from different organs take to enter a log growth phase to show whether the difference in CPS is because S. suis in each location is in a different growth phase. If log phase bacteria were intranasally delivered, would it adapt a stationary phase life strategy? How long would that take?

-Authors should be cautious about claims about S. suis downregulating CPS in the NALT for increased invasion and upregulating CPS to survive phagocytosis in blood. While it is true that the data shows that there are different levels of CPS in these locations, the regulation and mechanism of the recorded and observed cell wall difference are not investigated past the correlation to the growth phase.

- The mouse model used in this manuscript is useful but cannot reproduce the nasal environment of the natural pig host. It is not clear if the NALTs of pigs and mice have similar microbial communities and how this may affect the pathogenesis of S. Suis in the mouse. Because the authors show a higher infection rate in the mouse with acetic acid, they may want to consider investigating what the mouse NALT microenvironment is naturally doing to exclude more bacterial invasion. Is it simply a host mismatch or is there something about the microbiome or steady-state immune system in the nose of mice that is different from pigs?

-I have some concerns regarding the images shown for neuroinvasion because I think the authors mistake several compartments of the mouse nasal cavity as well as the olfactory bulb. These issues are critical because neuroinvasion is one of the major conclusions of this work.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

In this manuscript from Wang et al., the authors seek to examine the role of capsular polysaccharides (CPS) in invasive S. suis pathogenesis. They show that CPS thickness variations associate with isolation from different compartments within the infected mouse and that CPS promotes resistance to blood borne immune mechanisms. The authors conclude that thick CPS inhibits colonization/invasion of the NALT and rather antisera against non-CPS. These results are interesting and thought provoking and provide the continued basis for future experiments that delve further into immune mechanisms. However, there are serious concerns about data collection and interpretation that require further data to provide an accurate conclusion. Some of these concerns are highlighted below:

In figure 2, the authors conclude that high levels of CPS confer resistance to phagocytic killing in blood exposed S. suis. However, it seems equally likely that this is resistance against complement mediated killing. It would be important to compare S. suis killing in animals depleted of complement components (C3 and C5-9).

Intranasal administration non-CPS antisera provides a nice contrast to intravenous administration, especially in light of the recently identified "blood-olfactory barrier". Can the authors provide any insight into how long and where this antibody would be located after intranasal administration? Would this be antibody mediated cellular resistance, or something akin to simple antibody "neutralization"

The micrographs in Figure 7 depict anatomy from the respiratory mucosa. While there is no histochemical identification of neurons, the tissues labeled OE are almost certainly not olfactory and in fact respiratory. However, more troubling is that in figures 7A,a,b,e, and f, the lateral nasal organ has been labeled as the olfactory bulb. This undermines the conclusion of CNS invasion, and also draws into question other experiments in which the brain and CSF are measured.

Micrographs of brain tissue in 7B are taken from distal parts of the brain, whereas if olfactory neuroinvasion were occurring, the bacteria would be expected to arrive in the olfactory bulb. It's also difficult to understand how an inflammatory process would be developed to this point in the brain -even if we were looking at the appropriate region of the brain -within an hour of inoculation (is there a control for acetic acid induced brain inflammation?). Some explanations about the speed of the immune responses recorded are warranted.

The detected presence of S. suis in the CSF 0.5hr following intranasal inoculation is difficult to understand from an anatomical perspective. This is especially true when the amount of S. suis is nearly the same as that found within the NALT. Even motile pathogens would need far longer than 0.5hr to get into the brain, so it's exceedingly difficult to understand how this could occur so extensively in under an hour. The authors are quantifying CSF as anything that comes out of the brain after mincing. Firstly, this should more accurately be referred to as "brain", not CSF. Secondly, is it possible that the lateral nasal organ -which is mistakenly identified as olfactory bulb in figure 7- is being included in the CNS processing? This would explain the equivalent amounts of S. suis in NALT and "CSF".

To support their conclusions about neuroinvasion along the olfactory route and /CSF titer the authors should provide more compelling images to support this conclusion: sections stained for neurons and S. suis, images of the actual olfactory bulb (neurons, glomerular structure etc).

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors propose a new technique which they name "Multi-gradient Permutation Survival Analysis (MEMORY)" that they use to identify "Genes Steadily Associated with Prognosis (GEARs)" using RNA-seq data from the TCGA database. The contribution of this method is one of the key stated aims of the paper. The vast majority of the paper focuses on various downstream analyses that make use of the specific GEARs identified by MEMORY to derive biological insights, with a particular focus on lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD) and breast invasive carcinoma (BRCA) which are stated to be representative of other cancers and are observed to have enriched mitosis and immune signatures, respectively. Through the lens of these cancers, these signatures are the focus of significant investigation in the paper.

Strengths:

The approach for MEMORY is well-defined and clearly presented, albeit briefly. This affords statisticians and bioinformaticians the ability to effectively scrutinize the proposed methodology and may lead to further advancements in this field.

The scientific aspects of the paper (e.g., the results based on the use of MEMORY and the downstream bioinformatics workflows) are conveyed effectively and in a way that is digestible to an individual who is not deeply steeped in the cancer biology field.

Weaknesses:

I was surprised that comparatively little of the paper is devoted to the justification of MEMORY (i.e., the authors' method) for the identification of genes that are important broadly for the understanding of cancer. The authors' approach is explained in the methods section of the paper, but no rationale is given for why certain aspects of the method are defined as they are. Moreover, no comparison or reference is made to any other methods that have been developed for similar purposes and no results are shown to illustrate the robustness of the proposed method (e.g., is it sensitive to subtle changes in how it is implemented).

For example, in the first part of the MEMORY algorithm, gene expression values are dichotomized at the sample median and a log-rank test is performed. This would seemingly result in an unnecessary loss of information for detecting an association between gene expression and survival. Moreover, while dichotomizing at the median is optimal from an information theory perspective (i.e., it creates equally sized groups), there is no reason to believe that median-dichotomization is correct vis-à-vis the relationship between gene expression and survival. If a gene really matters and expression only differentiates survival more towards the tail of the empirical gene expression distribution, median-dichotomization could dramatically lower the power to detect group-wise differences.

Specifically, the authors' rationale for translating the Significant Probability Matrix into a set of GEARs warrants some discussion in the paper. If I understand correctly, for each cancer the authors propose to search for the smallest sample size (i.e., the smallest value of k_{j}) were there is at least one gene with a survival analysis p-value <0.05 for each of the 1000 sampled datasets. I base my understanding on the statement "We defined the sampling size k_{j} reached saturation when the max value of column j was equal to 1 in a significant-probability matrix. The least value of k_{j} was selected". Then, any gene with a p-value <0.05 in 80% of the 1000 sampled datasets would be called a GEAR for that cancer. The 80% value here seems arbitrary but that is a minor point. I acknowledge that something must be chosen. More importantly, do the authors believe this logic will work effectively in general? Presumably, the gene with the largest effect for a cancer will define the value of K_{j}, and, if the effect is large, this may result in other genes with smaller effects not being selected for that cancer by virtue of the 80% threshold. One could imagine that a gene that has a small-to-moderate effect consistently across many cancers may not show up as a gear broadly if there are genes with more substantive effects for most of the cancers investigated. I am taking the term "Steadily Associated" very literally here as I've constructed a hypothetical where the association is consistent across cancers but not extremely strong. If by "Steadily Associated" the authors really mean "Relatively Large Association", my argument would fall apart but then the definition of a GEAR would perhaps be suboptimal. In this latter case, the proposed approach seems like an indirect way to ensure there is a reasonable effect size for a gene's expression on survival.

The paper contains numerous post-hoc hypothesis tests, statements regarding detected associations and correlations, and statements regarding statistically significant findings based on analyses that would naturally only be conducted in light of positive results from analyses upstream in the overall workflow. Due to the number of statistical tests performed and the fact that the tests are sometimes performed using data-driven subgroups (e.g., the mitosis subgroups), it is highly likely that some of the findings in the work will not be replicable. Of course, this is exploratory science, and is to be expected that some findings won't replicate (the authors even call for further research into key findings). Nonetheless, I would encourage the authors to focus on the quantification of evidence regarding associations or claims (i.e., presenting effect estimates and uncertainty intervals), but to avoid the use of the term statistical significance owing to there being no clear plan to control type I error rates in any systematic way across the diverse analyses there were performed.

A prespecified analysis plan with hypotheses to be tested (to the extent this was already produced) and a document that defines the complete scope of the scientific endeavor (beyond that which is included in the paper) would strengthen the contribution by providing further context on the totality of the substantial work that has been done. For example, the focus on LUAD and BRCA due to their representativeness could be supplemented by additional information on other cancers that may have been investigated similarly but where results were not presented due to lack of space.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors are trying to come up with a list of genes (GEAR genes) that are consistently associated with cancer patient survival based on TCGA database. A method named "Multi-gradient Permutation Survival Analysis" was created based on bootstrapping and gradually increasing the sample size of the analysis. Only the genes with consistent performance in this analysis process are chosen as potential candidates for further analyses.

Strengths:

The authors describe in detail their proposed method and the list of the chosen genes from the analysis. The scientific meaning and potential values of their findings are discussed in the context of published results in this field.

Weaknesses:

Some steps of the proposed method (especially the definition of survival analysis similarity (SAS) need further clarification or details since it would be difficult if anyone tries to reproduce the results. In addition, the multiplicity (a large number of p-values are generated) needs to be discussed and/or the potential inflation of false findings needs to be part of the manuscript.

If the authors can improve the clarity of the proposed method and there is no major mistake there, the proposed approach can be applied to other diseases (assuming TCGA type of data is available for them) to identify potential gene lists, based on which drug screening can be performed to identify potential target for development.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors describe a valuable method to find gene sets that may correlate with a patient's survival. This method employs iterative tests of significance across randomised samples with a range of proportions of the original dataset. Those genes that show significance across a range of samples are chosen. Based on these gene sets, hub genes are determined from similarity scores.

Strengths:

MEMORY allows them to assess the correlation between a gene and patient prognosis using any available transcriptomic dataset. They present several follow-on analyses and compare the gene sets found to previous studies.

Weaknesses:

Unfortunately, the authors have not included sufficient details for others to reproduce this work or use the MEMORY algorithm to find future gene sets, nor to take the gene findings presented forward to be validated or used for future hypotheses.

Reviewer #4 (Public review):

The authors apply what I gather is a novel methodology titled "Multi-gradient Permutation Survival Analysis" to identify genes that are robustly associated with prognosis ("GEARs") using tumour expression data from 15 cancer types available in the TCGA. The resulting lists of GEARs are then interrogated for biological insights using a range of techniques including connectivity and gene enrichment analysis.

I reviewed this paper primarily from a statistical perspective. Evidently, an impressive amount of work has been conducted, and concisely summarised, and great effort has been undertaken to add layers of insight to the findings. I am no stranger to what an undertaking this would have been. My primary concern, however, is that the novel statistical procedure proposed, and applied to identify the gene lists, as far as I can tell offers no statistical error control or quantification. Consequently, we have no sense of what proportion of the highlighted GEAR genes and networks are likely to just be noise.

Major comments:

(1) The main methodology used to identify the GEAR genes, "Multi-gradient Permutation Survival Analysis" does not formally account for multiple testing and offers no formal error control. Meaning we are left with no understanding of what the family-wise (aka type 1) error rate is among the GEAR lists, nor the false discovery rate. I would generally recommend against the use of any feature selection methodology that does not provide some form of error quantification and/or control because otherwise we do not know if we are encouraging our colleagues and/or readers to put resources into lists of genes that contain more noise than not. There are numerous statistical techniques available these days that offer error control, including for lists of p-values from arbitrary sets of tests (see expansion on this and some review references below).

(2) Similarly, no formal significance measure was used to determine which of the strongest "SAS" connections to include as edges in the "Core Survival Network".

(3) There is, as far as I could tell, no validation of any identified gene lists using an independent dataset external to the presently analysed TCGA data.

(4) There are quite a few places in the methods section where descriptions were not clear (e.g. elements of matrices referred to without defining what the columns and rows are), and I think it would be quite challenging to re-produce some aspects of the procedures as currently described (more detailed notes below).

(5) There is a general lack of statistical inference offered. For example, throughout the gene enrichment section of the results, I never saw it stated whether the pathways highlighted are enriched to a significant degree or not.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This study provides an in-depth analysis of syncytiotrophoblast (STB) gene expression at the single-nucleus (SN) and single-cell (SC) levels, using both primary human placental tissues and two trophoblast organoid (TO) models. The authors compare the older TO model, where STB forms internally (STBin), with a newer model where STB forms externally (STBout). Through a series of comparative analyses, the study highlights the necessity of using both SN and SC techniques to fully understand placental biology. The findings demonstrate that the STBout model shows more differentiated STBs with higher expression of canonical markers and hormones compared to STBin. Additionally, the study identifies both conserved and distinct gene expression profiles between the TO models and human placenta, offering valuable insights for researchers using TOs to study STB and CTB differentiation.

Strengths:

The study offers a comprehensive SC- and SN-based characterization of trophoblast organoid models, providing a thorough validation of these models against human placental tissues. By comparing the older STBin and newer STBout models, the authors effectively demonstrate the improvements in the latter, particularly in the differentiation and gene expression profiles of STBs. This work serves as a critical resource for researchers, offering a clear delineation of the similarities and differences between TO-derived and primary STBs. The use of multiple advanced techniques, such as high-resolution sequencing and trajectory analysis, further enhances the study's contribution to the field.

Weaknesses:

While the study is robust, some areas could benefit from further clarification. The importance of the TO model's orientation and its impact on outcomes could be emphasized more in the introduction. The differences in cluster numbers/names between primary tissue and TO data need a clearer explanation, and consistent annotation could aid in comparison. The rationale for using SN sequencing over SC sequencing for TO evaluations should be clarified, especially regarding the potential underrepresentation of certain trophoblast subsets. Additionally, more evidence could be provided to support the claims about STB differentiation in the STBout model and to determine whether its differentiation trajectory is unique or simply more advanced than in STBin.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, the authors aimed to elucidate the formation and differentiation of syncytiotrophoblast (STB) cells by analyzing placental tissue and trophoblast organoids (TOs) using single-nucleus (SN) and single-cell (SC) RNA sequencing. They identified three distinct nuclear subtypes within the STB and explored the relationship between STB gene expression changes, developmental stages, and environmental contexts. The study emphasizes the utility of TOs as models for understanding STB differentiation and highlights novel gene markers, such as RYBP, involved in STB development.

Strengths:

(1) The use of SN and SC RNA sequencing provides a detailed analysis of STB formation and differentiation.

(2) The identification of distinct STB subtypes and novel gene markers such as RYBP offers new insights into STB development.

Weaknesses:

(1) Inconsistencies in data presentation.

(2) Questionable interpretation of lncRNA signals: The use of long non-coding RNA (lncRNA) signals as cell type-specific markers may represent sequencing noise rather than true markers.

To improve the study's validity and significance, it is crucial to address the inconsistencies and to provide additional evidence for the claims. Supplementing with immunofluorescence staining for validating the distribution of STB_in, STB_out, and EVT_enrich in the organoid models is recommended to strengthen the results and conclusions.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

In this report, Keenen et al. present a thoroughly characterized platform for identifying potential molecular mechanisms regulating syncytiotrophoblast cell functions in placental biology. The application of single-cell assessments to identify developmental trajectories of this lineage has been challenging due to the complex, multinucleated structure of the syncytium. The authors provide a comprehensive comparative assessment of term placental tissue and three independent trophoblast organoid models. They use single-cell and single-nucleus RNA sequencing followed by differential gene expression and pseudotime analyses to identify subpopulations and differentiation trajectories. They further compare the datasets generated in this study to publicly available datasets from first-trimester placental tissue. The work is timely as optimization of trophoblast organoids is an evolving topic in placental research. Careful characterization of in vitro models has been noted as essential for model selection and result interpretation in the field.

The study elucidates syncytiotrophoblast nucleus subtypes and proportions in three different organoid models and compares subtypes and gene expression signatures to placental tissues. This work advances the field by demonstrating the utility of different trophoblast organoids to model syncytiotrophoblast differentiation. The in-depth characterization of cell types comprising the different organoid models and how they compare to placental tissue will help to inform model selection for future experimentation in the field. Defining cell composition and cell differentiation trajectories will also aid in data interpretation for data generated by these tissue and model sources. Overall, the conclusions presented in the manuscript are well supported by the data. The figures, as presented, are informative and striking.

The authors present outstanding progress toward their aim of identifying, "the underlying control of the syncytiotrophoblast". They identify the chromatin remodeler, RYBP, as well as other regulatory networks that they propose are critical to syncytiotrophoblast development. This study is limited in fully addressing the aim, however, as functional evidence for the contributions of the factors/pathways to syncytiotrophoblast cell development is needed. Future experimentation testing the hypotheses generated by this work will define the essentiality of the identified factors to syncytiotrophoblast development and function. Localization and validation of the identified factors within tissue and at the protein level will also provide further contextual evidence to address the hypotheses generated.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Ghone et al show that HIV-1 Vif causes a pseudo-metaphase arrest rather than a G2 arrest. The metaphase arrest correlates with misregulation of the kinetochore which could be explained by the loss of phosphatase functions that determine chromosome-microtubule interactions.

Strengths:

The single-cell imaging using different reporters of cell cycle progression is very elegant and the quantitation is convincing. The authors clearly show that what others have characterized as a G2 arrest by flow cytometry is somewhat later in metaphase and correlates with kinetochore misregulation.

Weaknesses:

(1) The major problem with the paper is trying to connect what is observed in tumor cell lines with actual infections in primary T cells. While all of the descriptive work in cell lines is convincing, none of these cells are relevant targets and tumor cells have different cell death and cell cycle regulation than primary T cells. Thus, while Vif might well do all of the things described in the manuscript, it is a stretch to connect any of it to what happens in vivo.

(2) Line 109 and elsewhere. The ability of Vif to cause cell cycle arrest and bind PP2A subunits is not a completely conserved feature. Rather, it is quite variable in different HIV-1 strains. (e.g. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2020.04.123 and https://elifesciences.org/articles/53036). Therefore, it is necessary for the authors to quite clearly use strain designations in the manuscript rather than a generic "Vif", and to more clearly describe the viruses being used.

(3) Figure 5: This figure shows disruption of PP2A-B56 at the kinetochores. However, is this specific to the kinetochores? Since Vif has been described to more broadly degrade PP2A-B56, could this not be a result of a more general decrease in PP2A activity throughout the cell?

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

The authors characterize the cell-cycle arrest induced by HIV-1 Vif in infected cells. They show this arrest is not at G2/M as previously thought but during metaphase. They show that the metaphase plate forms normally but progression to anaphase is massively delayed, and chromosome segregation is dysregulated in a manner consistent with impaired assembly of microtubules at the kinetochore. This correlates with the lack of recruitment of B56-subunits of PP2 phosphatase which are known degradation targets of Vif, suggesting that this weakens and unbalances the microtubule-mediated forces on the separating chromosomes.

Strengths

The authors present a very well-performed set of quantitative live cell imaging experiments that convincingly show a difference between Vif and Vpr-mediated cell cycle arrests. Through an in-depth characterization of the Vif-mediated block in metaphase, they make a strong case for this phenotype being tied to the degradation of PP2-B56 by Vif. Furthermore, it is important that they have performed most of these experiments with virally infected cells, meaning that their observations are observable at relevant viral expression levels of Vif.

Weaknesses

Experimentally there is very little to criticize with respect to the cellular systems used. Data from 10.1016/j.bbrc.2020.04.123 has identified selective mutants that fail to degrade B56 while maintaining A3G degradation by Cul5, and it would be nice to confirm that such a mutant behaves like the delta-Vif virus when examining metaphase, but selective ablation of B56 during mitosis to mimic Vif is would expect to be very challenging and beyond the scope.

Where I would raise some criticism is in the relevance of these observations to the replication and pathogenesis of the virus itself, which the authors do not address or discuss. Firstly, despite clear data that both Vpr and Vif can lead to a cell cycle arrest in cycling cells, it has never been particularly clear why the virus does this. While I would agree with the authors that Vif results in the metaphase arrest through targeting B56-PP2A, this may not be the reason WHY the virus targets one of the cell's major phosphatases, but rather a knock-on effect of doing so. I appreciate that this is beyond the scope of the study, but it is something I feel should be discussed rather than the narrow mechanistic points made in the discussion. Secondly, the authors suggest that this activity of Vif is a major cause of apoptosis in infected cells and perhaps CD4+ T cell depletion in vivo. It would be good to quantify how much apoptosis is Vif-dependent in infected primary human CD4+ T cells rather than transformed tumor cells, and whether this correlates with the Vif-mediated induction of a pseudometaphase.

Joint Public Review:

Summary:

The behavioral switch between foraging and mating is important for resource allocation in insects. This study investigated the role of the neuropeptide, sulfakinin, and of its receptor, the sulfakinin receptor 1 (SkR1), in mediating this switch in the oriental fruit fly, Bactrocera dorsalis. The authors use genetic disruption of sulfakinin and of SkR1 to provide strong evidence that changes in sulfakinin signaling alter odorant receptor expression profiles and antennal responses and that these changes mediate the behavioral switch. The combination of molecular and physiological data is a strength of the study. Additional work would be needed to determine whether the physiological and molecular changes observed account for the behavioral changes observed.

Strengths:

(1) The authors show that sulfakinin signaling in the olfactory organ mediates the switch between foraging and mating, thereby providing evidence that peripheral sensory inputs contribute to this important change in behavior.

(2) The authors' development of an assay to investigate the behavioral switch and their use of different approaches to demonstrate the role of sulfakinin and SkR1 in this process provides strong support for their hypothesis.

(3) The manuscript is overall well-organized and documented.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors claim that sulfakinin acts directly on SkR1-positive neurons to modulate the foraging and mating behaviors in B. dorsalis. The authors also indicated in the schematic that satiation suppresses SkR1 expression. Additional experiments and more a detailed discussion of the results would help support these claims.

(2) The findings reported could be strengthened with additional experimental details regarding time of day versus duration of starvation effects and additional genetic controls, amongst others.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This work computationally characterized the threat-reward learning behavior of mice in a recent study (Akiti et al.), which had prominent individual differences. The authors constructed a Bayes-adaptive Markov decision process model and fitted the behavioral data by the model. The model assumed (i) hazard function starting from a prior (with free mean and SD parameters) and updated in a Bayesian manner through experience (actually no real threat or reward was given in the experiment), (ii) risk-sensitive evaluation of future outcomes (calculating lower 𝛼 quantile of outcomes with free 𝛼 parameter), and (iii) heuristic exploration bonus. The authors found that (i) brave animals had more widespread hazard priors than timid animals and thereby quickly learned that there was in fact little real threat, (ii) brave animals may also be less risk-aversive than timid animals in future outcome evaluation, and (iii) the exploration bonus could explain the observed behavioral features, including the transition of behavior from the peak to steady-state frequency of bout. Overall, this work is a novel interesting analysis of threat-reward learning, and provides useful insights for future experimental and theoretical work. However, there are several issues that I think need to be addressed.

Strengths:

(1) This work provides a normative Bayesian account for individual differences in braveness/timidity in reward-threat learning behavior, which complements the analysis by Akiti et al. based on model-free threat reinforcement learning.

(2) Specifically, the individual differences were characterized by (i) the difference in the variance of hazard prior and potentially also (ii) the difference in the risk-sensitivity in the evaluation of future returns.

Weakness:

(1) Theoretically the effect of prior is diluted over experience whereas the effect of biased (risk-aversive) evaluation persists, but these two effects could not be teased apart in the fitting analysis of the current data.

(2) It is currently unclear how (whether) the proposed model corresponds to neurobiological (rather than behavioral) findings, different from the analysis by Akiti et al.

Major points:

(1) Line 219<br /> It was assumed that the exploration bonus was replenished at a steady rate when the animal was at the nest. An alternative way would be assuming that the exploration bonus slowly degraded over time or experience, and if doing so, there appears to be a possibility that the transition of the bout rate from peak to steady-state could be at least partially explained by such a decrease in the exploration bonus.

(2) Line 237- (Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9)<br /> I was confused by the descriptions about nCVaR. I looked at the cited original literature Gagne & Dayan 2022, and understood that nCVaR is a risk-sensitive version of expected future returns (equation 4) with parameter α (α-bar) (ranging from 0 to 1) representing risk preference. Line 269-271 and Section 4.2 of the present manuscript described (in my understanding) that α was a parameter of the model. Then, isn't it more natural to report estimated values of α, rather than nCVaR, for individual animals in Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9 (even though nCVaR monotonically depends on α)? In Figures 7 and 9, nCVaR appears to be upper-bounded to 1. The upper limit of α is 1 by definition, but I have no idea why nCVaR was also bounded by 1. So I would like to ask the authors to add more detailed explanations on nCVaR. Currently, CVaR is explained in Lines 237-243, but actually, there is no explanation about nCVaR rather than its formal name 'nested conditional value at risk' in Line 237.

(3) Line 333 (and Abstract)<br /> Given that animals' behaviors could be equally well fitted by the model having both nCVaR (free α) and hazard prior and the alternative model having only hazard prior (with α = 1), may it be difficult to confidently claim that brave (/timid) animals had risk-neutral (/risk-aversive) preference in addition to widespread (/low-variance) hazard prior? Then, it might be good to somewhat weaken the corresponding expression in the Abstract (e.g., add 'potentially also' to the result for risk sensitivity) or mention the inseparability of risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism (e.g., "... although risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism could not be teased apart").

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Shen and Dayan build a Bayes adaptive Markov decision process model with three key components: an adaptive hazard function capturing potential predation, an intrinsic reward function providing the urge to explore, and a conditional value at risk (CvaR, closely related to probability distortion explanations of risk traits). The model itself is very interesting and has many strengths including considering different sources of risk preference in generating behavior under uncertainty. I think this model will be useful to consider for those studying approach/avoid behaviors in dynamic contexts.

The authors argue that the model explains behavior in a very simple and unconstrained behavioral task in which animals are shown novel objects and retreat from them in various manners (different body postures and patterns of motor chunks/syllables). The model itself does capture lots of the key mouse behavioral variability (at least on average on a mouse-by-mouse basis) which is interesting and potentially useful. However, the variables in the model - and the internal states it implies the mice have during the behavior - are relatively unconstrained given the wide range of explanations one can offer for the mouse behavior in the original study (Akiti et al). This reviewer commends the authors on an original and innovative expansion of existing models of animal behaviour, but recommends that the authors revise their study to reflect the obvious challenges. I would also recommend a reduction in claiming that this exercise gives a normative-like or at least quantitative account of mental disorders.

My main comment is that this paper is a very nice model creation that can characterize the heterogeneity rodent behavior in a very simple approach/avoid context (Akiti et al; when a novel object is placed in an arena) that itself can be interpreted in a multitude of ways. The use of terms like "exploration", "brave", etc in this context is tricky because the task does not allow the original authors (Akiti et al) to quantify these "internal states" or "traits" with the appropriate level of quantitative detail to say whether this model is correct or not in capturing the internal states that result in the rodent behavior. That said, the original behavioral setup is so simple that one could imagine capturing the behavioral variability in multiple ways (potentially without evoking complex computations that the original authors never showed the mouse brain performs). I would recommend reframing the paper as a new model that proposes a set of internal states that could give rise to the behavioral heterogeneity observed in Akiti et al, but nonetheless is at this time only a hypothesis. Furthermore, an explanation of what would be really required to test this would be appreciated to make the point clearer.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript presents computational modelling of the behaviour of mice during encounters with novel and familiar objects, originally reported by Akiti et al. (Neuron 110, 2022). Mice typically perform short bouts of approach followed by a retreat to a safe distance, presumably to balance exploration to discover possible rewards with the potential risk of predation. However, there is considerable heterogeneity in this exploratory behaviour, both across time as an individual subject becomes more confident in approaching the object, and across subjects; with some mice rapidly becoming confident to closely explore the object, while other timid mice never become fully confident that the object is safe. The current work aims to explain both the dynamics of adaptation of individual animals over time, and the quantitative and qualitative differences in behaviour between subjects, by modelling their behaviour as arising from model-based planning in a Bayes adaptive Markov Decision Process (BAMDP) framework, in which the subjects maintain and update probabilistic estimates of the uncertain hazard presented by the object, and rationally balance the potential reward from exploring the object with the potential risk of predation it presents.

In order to fit these complex models to the behaviour the authors necessarily make substantial simplifying assumptions, including coarse-graining the exploratory behaviour into phases quantified by a set of summary statistics related to the approach bouts of the animal. Inter-individual variation between subjects is modelled both by differences in their prior beliefs about the possible hazard presented by the object and by differences in their risk preference, modelled using a conditional value at risk (CVaR) objective, which focuses the subject's evaluation on different quantiles of the expected distribution of outcomes. Interestingly these two conceptually different possible sources of inter-subject variation in brave vs timid exploratory behaviour turn out not to be dissociable in the current dataset as they can largely compensate for each other in their effects on the measured behaviour. Nonetheless, the modelling captures a wide range of quantitative and qualitative differences between subjects in the dynamics of how they explore the object, essentially through differences in how subject's beliefs about the potential risk and reward presented by the object evolve over the course of exploration, and are combined to drive behaviour.

Exploration in the face of risk is a ubiquitous feature of the decision-making problem faced by organisms, with strong clinical relevance, yet remains poorly understood and under-studied, making this work a timely and welcome addition to the literature.

Strengths:

(1) Individual differences in exploratory behaviour are an interesting, important, and under-studied topic.

(2) Application of cutting-edge modelling methods to a rich behavioural dataset, successfully accounting for diverse qualitative and qualitative features of the data in a normative framework.

(3) Thoughtful discussion of the results in the context of prior literature.

Limitations:

(1) The model-fitting approach used of coarse-graining the behaviour into phases and fitting to their summary statistics may not be applicable to exploratory behaviours in more complex environments where coarse-graining is less straightforward.

(2) Some aspects of the work could be more usefully clarified within the manuscript.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

As a starting point, the authors discuss the so-called "additive partitioning" (AP) method proposed by Loreau & Hector in 2001. The AP is the result of a mathematical rearrangement of the definition of overyielding, written in terms of relative yields (RY) of species in mixtures relative to monocultures. One term, the so-called complementarity effect (CE), is proportional to the average RY deviations from the null expectations that plants of both species "do the same" in monocultures and mixtures. The other term, the selection effect (SE), captures how these RY deviations are related to monoculture productivity. Overall, CE measures whether relative biomass gains differ from zero when averaged across all community members, and SE, whether the "relative advantage" species have in the mixture, is related to their productivity. In extreme cases, when all species benefit, CE becomes positive. When large species have large relative productivity increases, SE becomes positive. This is intuitively compatible with the idea that niche complementarity mitigates competition (CE>0), or that competitively superior species dominate mixtures and thereby driver overyielding (SE>0).

However, it is very important to understand that CE and SE capture the "statistical structure" of RY that underlies overyielding. Specifically, CE and SE are not the ultimate biological mechanisms that drive overyielding, and never were meant to be. CE also does not describe niche complementarity. Interpreting CE and SE as directly quantifying niche complementarity or resource competition, is simply wrong, although it sometimes is done. The criticism of the AP method thus in large part seems unwarranted. The alternative methods the authors discuss (lines 108-123) are based on very similar principles.

The authors now set out to develop a method that aims at linking response patterns to "more true" biological mechanisms.

Assuming that "competitive dominance" is key to understanding mixture productivity, because "competitive interactions are the predominant type of interspecific relationships in plants", the authors introduce "partial density" monocultures, i.e. monocultures that have the same planting density for a species as in a mixture. The idea is that using these partial density monocultures as a reference would allow for isolating the effect of competition by the surrounding "species matrix".

The authors argue that "To separate effects of competitive interactions from those of other species interactions, we would need the hypothesis that constituent species share an identical niche but differ in growth and competitive ability (i.e., absence of positive/negative interactions)." - I think the term interaction is not correctly used here, because clearly competition is an interaction, but the point made here is that this would be a zero-sum game.

The authors use the ratio of productivity of partial density and full-density monocultures, divided by planting density, as a measure of "competitive growth response" (abbreviated as MG). This is the extra growth a plant individual produces when intraspecific competition is reduced.

Here, I see two issues: first, this rests on the assumption that there is only "one mode" of competition if two species use the same resources, which may not be true, because intraspecific and interspecific competition may differ. Of course, one can argue that then somehow "niches" are different, but such a niche definition would be very broad and go beyond the "resource set" perspective the authors adopt. Second, this value will heavily depend on timing and the relationship between maximum initial growth rates and competitive abilities at high stand densities.

The authors then progress to define relative competitive ability (RC), and this time simply uses monoculture biomass as a measure of competitive ability. To express this biomass in a standardized way, they express it as different from the mean of the other species and then divide by the maximum monoculture biomass of all species.

I have two concerns here: first, if competitive ability is the capability of a species to preempt resources from a pool also accessed by another species, as the authors argued before, then this seems wrong because one would expect that a species can simply be more productive because it has a broader niche space that it exploits. This contradicts the very narrow perspective on competitive ability the authors have adopted. This also is difficult to reconcile with the idea that specialist species with a narrow niche would outcompete generalist species with a broad niche. Second, I am concerned by the mathematical form. Standardizing by the maximum makes the scaling dependent on a single value.

As a final step, the authors calculate a "competitive expectation" for a species' biomass in the mixture, by scaling deviations from the expected yield by the product MG ⨯ RC. This would mean a species does better in a mixture when (1) it benefits most from a conspecific density reduction, and (2) has a relatively high biomass.

Put simply, the assumption would be that if a species is productive in monoculture (high RC), it effectively does not "see" the competitors and then grows like it would be the sole species in the community, i.e. like in the partial density monoculture.

Overall, I am not very convinced by the proposed method.

Comments on revised version:

Only minimal changes were made to the manuscript, and they do not address the main points that were raised.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This manuscript by Tao et al. reports on an effort to better specify the underlying interactions driving the effects of biodiversity on productivity in biodiversity experiments. The authors are especially concerned with the potential for competitive interactions to drive positive biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships by driving down the biomass of subdominant species. The authors suggest a new partitioning schema that utilizes a suite of partial density treatments to capture so-called competitive ability. While I agree with the authors that understanding the underlying drivers of biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships is valuable - I am unsure of the added value of this specific approach for several reasons.

Comments on revised version:

The authors changed only one minor detail in response to the last round of reviews.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript claims to provide a new null hypothesis for testing the effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning. It reports that the strength of biodiversity effects changes when this different null hypothesis is used. This main result is rather inevitable. That is, one expects a different answer when using a different approach. The question then becomes whether the manuscript's null hypothesis is both new and an improvement on the null hypothesis that has been in use in recent decades.

Strengths:

In general, I appreciate studies like this that question whether we have been doing it all wrong and I encourage consideration of new approaches.

Weaknesses:

Despite many sweeping critiques of previous studies and bold claims of novelty made throughout the manuscript, I was unable to find new insights. The manuscript fails to place the study in the context of the long history of literature on competition and biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. The Introduction claims the new approach will address deficiencies of previous approaches, but after reading further I see no evidence that it addresses the limitations of previous approaches noted in the Introduction. Furthermore, the manuscript does not reproducibly describe the methods used to produce the results (e.g., in Table 1) and relies on simulations, claiming experimental data are not available when many experiments have already tested these ideas and not found support for them. Finally, it is unclear to me whether rejecting the 'new' null hypothesis presented in the manuscript would be of interest to ecologists, agronomists, conservationists, or others.

Comments on revised version:

Please see review comments on the previous version of this manuscript. The authors have not revised their manuscript to address most of the issues previously raised by reviewers.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors combine classical theories of phase separation and self-assembly to establish a framework for explaining the coupling between the two phenomena in the context of protein assemblies and condensates. By starting from a mean-field free energy for monomers and assemblies immersed in solvent and imposing conditions of equilibrium, the authors derive phase diagrams indicating how assemblies partition into different condensed phases as temperature and the total volume fraction of proteins are varied. They find that phase separation can promote assembly within the protein-rich phase, providing a potential mechanism for spatial control of assembly. They extend their theory to account for the possibility of gelation. They also create a theory for the kinetics of self-assembly within phase separated systems, predicting how assembly size distributions change with time within the different phases as well as how the volumes of the different phases change with time.

Review For Revision:

The revised manuscript provides better motivation and physical explanations for the equations, and the authors have addressed references, typos, and other minor technical issues identified in the review. These changes have significantly improved the manuscript.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This research offers an in-depth exploration and quantification of social vocalization within three families of Mongolian gerbils. In an enlarged, semi-natural environment, the study continuously monitored two parent gerbils and their four pups from P14 to P34. Through dimensionality reduction and clustering, a diverse range of gerbil call types was identified. Interestingly, distinct sets of vocalizations were used by different families in their daily interactions, with unique transition structures exhibited across these families. The primary results of this study are compelling, although some elements could benefit from clarification

Strengths:

Three elements of this study warrant emphasis. Firstly, it bridges the gap between laboratory and natural environments. This approach offers the opportunity to examine natural social behavior within a controlled setting (such as specified family composition, diet, and life stages), maintaining the social relevance of the behavior. Secondly, it seeks to understand short-timescale behaviors, like vocalizations, within the broader context of daily and life-stage timescales. Lastly, the use of unsupervised learning precludes the injection of human bias, such as pre-defined call categories, allowing the discovery of the diversity of vocal outputs.

Comments on the revised version:

(1) The authors have clarified the possible types of differences in the vocalizations of different families and discussed the potential contribution of the adult-pup difference.

(2) The authors have added the analysis in Figure 4 about the developmental changes in call types.

(3) The authors have analyzed the additional information in the 2-gram structure of the calls as evidence to apply the transition matrices to compare the families.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Peterson et al., perform a series of behavioral experiments to study the repertoire and variance of Mongolian gerbil vocalizations across social groups (families). A key strength of the study is the use of a behavioral paradigm which allows for long term audio recordings under naturalistic conditions. This new experimental set-up results in the identification of additional vocalization types, not previously described the literature. In combination with state-of-the-art methods for vocalization analysis, the authors demonstrate that the distribution of sound types and the transitions between these sound types across three gerbil families is different. This is a highly compelling finding which suggests that individual families may develop distinct vocal repertories. One potential limitation of the study lies in the cluster analysis used for identifying distinct vocalization types. The authors use a Gaussian Mixed Model (GMM) trained on variational auto Encoder derived latent representation of vocalizations to classify recorded sounds into clusters. Through the analysis the authors identify 70 distinct clusters and demonstrate a differential usage of these sound clusters across families. While the authors acknowledge the inherent challenges in cluster analysis and provide additional analyses (i.e. maximum mean discrepancy, MMD), additional analysis would increase the strength of the conclusions. In particular, analysis with different cluster sizes would be valuable. An additional limitation of the study is that due to the methodology that is used, the authors can not provide any information about the bioacoustic features that contribute to differences in sound types across families which limits interpretations about how the animals may perceive and react to these sounds in an ethologically relevant manner.

The conclusions of this paper are well supported by data.

• Can the authors comment on the potential biological significance of the 70 sound clusters? Does each cluster represent a single sound type? How many vocal clusters can be attributed to a single individual? Similarly, can the authors comment on the intra-individual and inter-individual variability of the sound types within and across families?<br /> • As a main conclusion of the paper rests on the different distribution of sound clusters across families, it is important to validate the robustness of these differences across different cluster parameters. Specifically, the authors state that "we selected 70 clusters as the most parsimonious fit". Could the authors provide more details about how this was fit? Specifically, could the authors expand upon what is meant by "prior domain knowledge about the number of vocal types...". If the authors chose a range of cluster values (i.e. 10, 30, 50, 90) does the significance of the results still hold?<br /> • While VAEs are powerful tools for analyzing complex datasets in this case they are restricted to analysis of spectrogram images. Have the authors identified any acoustic differences (i.e. in pitch, frequency, other sound components) across families?

Following a revision of the manuscript the authors have taken many of these points under consideration and as a result have significantly improved the manuscript. Critically, they have now provided additional quantification that differences across family repertories are robust against cluster selection size.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, Peterson et al. longitudinally record and document the vocal repertoires of three Mongolian gerbil families. Using unsupervised learning techniques, they map the variability across these groups, finding that while overall statistics of, e.g., vocal emission rates and bout lengths are similar, families differed markedly in their distributions of syllable types and the transitions between these types within bouts. In addition, the large and rich data are likely to be valuable to others in the field.

Strengths:

- Extensive data collection across multiple days in multiple family groups.<br /> - Thoughtful application of modern analysis techniques for analyzing vocal repertoires.<br /> - Careful examination of the statistical structure of vocal behavior, with indications that these gerbils, like naked mole rats, may differ in repertoire across families.<br /> - Estimation of the stability of the effects across days.

Weaknesses:

- The work is largely descriptive, documenting behavior rather than testing a specific hypothesis.<br /> - The number of families (N=3) is somewhat limited, though the authors have taken some care to examine the robustness of the findings.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, Unckless and colleagues address the issue of the maintenance of genetic diversity of the gene diptericin A, which encodes an antimicrobial peptide in the model organism Drosophila melanogaster. This is an important question as the maintenance of different alleles in wild populations is not known.

Strengths:

The data indicate that flies homozygous for the dptA S69 allele are better protected against some bacteria. By contrast, male flies homozygous for the R69 allele resist better to starvation than flies homozygous for the S69 allele. This provides an element of explanation.

Weaknesses:

(1) Some of the results are difficult to understand. The observation that R69 die more than the null Dpt mutant and the wild-type is strange. This could be due to background effect. The fact that the second chromosome was not isogenized after the CRISPR change is an issue. This issue may take too much time to fix, but should be acknowledged. The existence of background effect and the multiple tested conditions that may lead to the obtention of results that may not be reproduced in other contexts/labs.<br /> (2) Some lifespans are rather short and often in disagreement with other studies (Leulier, Iatsenko but also Hanson/Lemaitre). There are also disagreements inside the article itself for instance between Fig4C and 2A. This should be mentioned.<br /> (3) The shape of many lifespan analysis with abrupt decline contrast with classical lifespan studies, suggesting technical problems.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

This paper introduces a new transgenic mouse line that allows the labelling of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier by tagging Ank-G with GFP in a Cre-dependent manner. The authors characterise the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier when labelled with GFP to show that it has no adverse effects on the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier, nor on most measures of intrinsic excitability in neurons. They also show that this mouse line can be used to follow AIS plasticity in vitro and to visualise the AIS of neurons in vivo. This is a very useful and timely tool that will make an important impact in the field.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The axon initial segment (AIS) is the axonal domain where most neurons integrate inputs and generate action potentials. Though structural and electrophysiological studies have allowed to better understand the mechanisms of assembly and maintenance of this domain, as well as its functions, there is still a need for efficient tools to study its structural organization and plasticity in vivo.

In this article, the authors describe the generation of a knock-in mouse reporter line allowing the conditional expression of a GFP-tagged version of AnkyrinG (Ank-G), which is a major protein of the axon initial segment and the nodes of Ranvier in neurons. This reporter line can in particular be used to study axon initial segment assembly and plasticity, by combining it with mouse lines or viruses expressing the Cre recombinase under the control of a neuronal promoter. Furthermore, the design of the line should allow to preserve the expression of the main Ank-G isoforms observed in neurons and could thus allow to study Ank-G related mechanisms in various neuronal subcompartments.

Some mouse lines allowing the neuronal expression of AIS/node of Ranvier markers coupled to a fluorescent protein exist, however they correspond to transgenic lines leading to potential overexpression of the tagged protein. Depending on the promoter used, their expression can vary and be absent in some neuronal populations (in particular, the Thy-1 promoter can lead to variable expression depending on the transgene insertion locus). Furthermore, these lines do not allow conditional expression of the protein regarding neuronal subtypes nor controlled temporal expression. Finally, a thorough description of the in vivo expression of the tagged protein at the AIS, and its impact on the structural and electrophysiological properties of the AIS are missing for these lines.

The present reporter line is thus definitely of interest, as the authors convincingly show that it can be used in various contexts (from in vitro to in vivo). It could in particular be used to study the assembly and plasticity of the domains where Ank-G is expressed. The strength of this work is that it thoroughly characterizes the reporter line expression and shows that it does not alter the structural nor the electrophysiological properties of the labeled neurons. The additional data presented by the authors in the revised version adequately complete the previously shown data and address the questions raised by the reviewers.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

In the manuscript, the authors explore the mechanism by which Taenia solium larvae may contribute to human epilepsy. This is extremely important question to address because T. solium is a significant cause of epilepsy and is extremely understudied. Advances in determining how T. solium may contribute to epilepsy could have significant impact on this form of epilepsy. Excitingly, the authors convincingly show that Taenia larvae contain and release glutamate sufficient to depolarize neurons and induce recurrent excitation reminiscent of seizures. They use a combination of cutting-edge tools including electrophysiology, calcium and glutamate imaging, and biochemical approaches to demonstrate this important advance. They also show that this occurs in neurons from both mice and humans. This is relevant for pathophysiology of chronic epilepsy development. This study does not rule out other aspects of T. solium that may also contribute to epilepsy, including immunological aspects, but demonstrates a clear potential role for glutamate.

Strengths:

- The authors examine not only T. solium homogenate, but also excretory/secretory products which suggests glutamate may play a role in multiple aspects of disease progression.<br /> - The authors confirm that the human relevant pathogen also causes neuronal depolarization in human brain tissue<br /> - There is very high clinical relevance. Preventing epileptogenesis/seizures possibly with Glu-R antagonists or by more actively removing glutamate as a second possible treatment approach in addition to/replacing post-infection immune response.<br /> - Effects are consistent across multiple species (rat, mouse, human) and methodological assays (GluSnFR AND current clamp recordings AND Ca imaging)<br /> - High K content (comparable levels to high-K seizure models) of larvae could have also caused depolarization. Adequate experiments to exclude K and other suspected larvae contents (i.e. Substance P).

Weaknesses:

- Acute study is limited to studying depolarization in slices and it is unclear what is necessary/sufficient for in vivo seizure generation or epileptogenesis for chronic epilepsy.<br /> - There is likely a significant role of the immune system that is not explored here. This issue is adequately addressed in the discussion, however, and the glutamate data is considered in this context.<br /> Discuss impact:<br /> - Interfering with peri-larval glutamate signaling may hold promise to prevent ictogenesis and chronic epileptogenesis as this is a very understudied cause of epilepsy with unknown mechanistic etiology.<br /> Additional context for interpreting significance:<br /> - High medical need as most common adult onset epilepsy in many parts of the world

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Since neurocysticercosis is associated with epilepsy, the authors wish to establish how cestode larvae affect neurons. The underlying hypothesis is that the larvae may directly excite neurons and thus favor seizure genesis.

To test this hypothesis, the authors collected biological materials from larvae (from either homogenates or excretory/secretory products), and applied them to hippocampal neurons (rats and mice) and human cortical neurons.

This constitutes a major strength of the paper, providing a direct reading of larvae's biological effects. Another strength is the combination of methods, including patch clamp, Ca, and glutamate imaging.

Comments on revised version:

The concerns have been addressed.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

This paper has high significance because it addresses a prevalent parasitic infection of the nervous system, Neurocysticercosis (NCC). The infection is caused by larvae of the parasitic cestode Taenia solium It is a leading cause of epilepsy in adults worldwide

To address the effects of cestode larvae, homogenates and excretory/secretory products of larvae were added to organotypic brain slice cultures of rodents or layer 2/3 of human cortical brain slices from patients with refractory epilepsy.

A self-made pressure ejection system was used to puff larvae homogenate (20 ms puff) onto the soma of patched neurons. The mechanical force could have caused depolarizaton so a vehicle control is critical. On line 150 they appear to have used saline in this regard, and clarification would be good. Were the controls here (and aCSF elsewhere) done with the low Mg2+o aCSF like the larvae homogenates?

They found that neurons depolarized after larvae homogenate exposure and the effect was mediated by glutamate but not nicotinic receptors for acetylcholine (nAChRs), acid-sensing channels or substance P.

They also showed the elevated K+ in the homogenate (~11 mM) could not account for the depolarization. They also confirmed that only small molecules led to the depolarization after filtering out very large molecules. That supports the conclusion that glutamate - which is quite small - could be responsible.

They suggest the effects could underlie seizure generation in NCC.

Using Glutamate-sensing fluorescent reporters they found the larvae contain glutamate and can release it, a strength of the paper.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors describe a method to probe both the proteins associated with genomic elements in cells, as well as 3D contacts between sites in chromatin. The approach is interesting and promising, and it is great to see a proximity labeling method like this that can make both proteins and 3D contacts. It utilizes DNA oligomers, which will likely make it a widely adopted method. However, the manuscript over-interprets its successes, which are likely due to the limited appropriate controls, and of any validation experiments. I think the study requires better proteomic controls, and some validation experiments of the "new" proteins and 3D contacts described. In addition, toning down the claims made in the paper would assist those looking to implement one of the various available proximity labeling methods and would make this manuscript more reliable to non-experts.

Strengths:

(1) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions using proximity labeling is beautiful.

(2) The use of in situ hybridization will probably improve background and specificity.

(3) The use of fixed cells should prove enabling and is a strong alternative to similar, living cell methods.

Weaknesses:

(1) A major drawback to the experimental approach of this study is the "multiplexed comparisons". Using the mtDNA as a comparator is not a great comparison - there is no reason to think the telomeres/centrosomes would look like mtDNA as a whole. The mito proteome is much less complex. It is going to provide a large number of false positives. The centromere/telomere comparison is ok, if one is interested in what's different between those two repetitive elements. But the more realistic use case of this method would be "what is at a specific genomic element"? A purely nuclear-localized control would be needed for that. Or a genomic element that has nothing interesting at it (I do not know of one). You can see this in the label-free work: non-specific, nuclear GO terms are enriched likely due to the random plus non-random labeling in the nucleus. What would a Telo vs general nucleus GSEA look like? (GSEA should be used for quantitative data, no GO). That would provide some specificity. Figures 2G and S4A are encouraging, but a) these proteins are largely sequestered in their respective locations, and b) no validation by an orthogonal method like ChIP or Cut and Run/Tag is used.

You can also see this in the enormous number of "enriched" proteins in the supplemental volcano plots. The hypothesis-supporting ones are labeled, but do the authors really believe all of those proteins are specific to the loci being looked at? Maybe compared to mitochondria, but it's hard to believe there are not a lot of false positives in those blue clouds. I believe the authors are more seeing mito vs nucleus + Telo than the stated comparison. For example, if you have no labeling in the nucleus in the control (Figures 1C and 2C) you cannot separate background labeling from specific labeling. Same with mito vs. nuc+Telo. It is not the proper control to say what is specifically at the Telo.

I would like to see a Telo vs nuclear control and a Centromere vs nuc control. One could then subtract the background from both experiments, then contrast Telo vs Cent for a proper, rigorous comparison. However, I realize that is a lot of work, so rewriting the manuscript to better and more accurately reflect what was accomplished here, and its limitations, would suffice.

(2) A second major drawback is the lack of validation experiments. References to literature are helpful but do not make up for the lack of validation of a new method claiming new protein-DNA or DNA-DNA interactions. At least a handful of newly described proximal proteins need to be validated by an orthogonal method, like ChIP qPCR, other genomic methods, or gel shifts if they are likely to directly bind DNA. It is ok to have false positives in a challenging assay like this. But it needs to be well and clearly estimated and communicated.

(3) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions is beautiful. Some added discussion on this method's benefits over HiC-variants would be welcomed.

(4) The study claims this method circumvents the need for transfectable cells. However, the authors go on to describe how they needed tons of cells, now in solution, to get it to work. The intro should be more in line with what was actually accomplished.

(5) Comments like "Compared to other repetitive elements in the human genome...." appear to circumvent the fact that this method is still (apparently) largely limited to repetitive elements. Other than Glopro, which did analyze non-repetitive promoter elements, most comparable methods looked at telomeres. So, this isn't quite the advancement you are implying. Plus, the overlap with telomeric proteins and other studies should be addressed. However, that will be challenging due to the controls used here, discussed above.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

Liu and MacGann et al. introduce the method DNA O-MAP that uses oligo-based ISH probes to recruit horseradish peroxidase for targeted proximity biotinylation at specific DNA loci. The method's specificity was tested by profiling the proteomic composition at repetitive DNA loci such as telomeres and pericentromeric alpha satellite repeats. In addition, the authors provide proof-of-principle for the capture and mapping of contact frequencies between individual DNA loop anchors.

Strengths

Identifying locus-specific proteomes still represents a major technical challenge and remains an outstanding issue (1). Theoretically, this method could benefit from the specificity of ISH probes and be applied to identify proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. This method also requires significantly fewer cells than other ISH- or dCas9-based locus-enrichment methods. Another potential advantage to be tested is the lack of cell line engineering that allows its application to primary cell lines or tissue.

Weaknesses

The authors indicate that DNA O-MAP is superior to other methods for identifying locus-specific proteomes. Still, no proof exists that this method could uncover proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. Also, there is very little validation of novel factors to confirm the superiority of the technique regarding specificity.<br /> The authors first tested their method's specificity at repetitive telomeric regions, and like other approaches, expected low-abundant telomere-specific proteins were absent (for example, all subunits of the telomerase holoenzyme complex). Detecting known proteins while identifying noncanonical and unexpected protein factors with high confidence could indicate that DNA O-MAP does not fully capture biologically crucial proteins due to insufficient enrichment of locus-specific factors. The newly identified proteins in Figure 1E might still be relevant, but independent validation is missing entirely. In my opinion, the current data cannot be interpreted as successfully describing local protein composition.

Finally, the authors could have discussed the limitations of DNA O-MAP and made a fair comparison to other existing methods (2-5). Unlike targeted proximity biotinylation methods, DNA O-MAP requires paraformaldehyde crosslinking, which has several disadvantages. For instance, transient protein-protein interactions may not be efficiently retained on crosslinked chromatin. Similarly, some proteins may not be crosslinked by formaldehyde and thus will be lost during preparation (6).

(1) Gauchier M, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M, Dejardin J. Purification and enrichment of specific chromatin loci. Nat Methods. 2020;17(4):380-9.<br /> (2) Dejardin J, Kingston RE. Purification of proteins associated with specific genomic Loci. Cell. 2009;136(1):175-86.<br /> (3) Liu X, Zhang Y, Chen Y, Li M, Zhou F, Li K, et al. In Situ Capture of Chromatin Interactions by Biotinylated dCas9. Cell. 2017;170(5):1028-43 e19.<br /> (4) Villasenor R, Pfaendler R, Ambrosi C, Butz S, Giuliani S, Bryan E, et al. ChromID identifies the protein interactome at chromatin marks. Nat Biotechnol. 2020;38(6):728-36.<br /> (5) Santos-Barriopedro I, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M. Off-the-shelf proximity biotinylation for interaction proteomics. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):5015.<br /> (6) Schmiedeberg L, Skene P, Deaton A, Bird A. A temporal threshold for formaldehyde crosslinking and fixation. PLoS One. 2009;4(2):e4636.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Significance of the Findings:

The study by Liu et al. presents a novel method, DNA-O-MAP, which combines locus-specific hybridisation with proximity biotinylation to isolate specific genomic regions and their associated proteins. The potential significance of this approach lies in its purported ability to target genomic loci with heightened specificity by enabling extensive washing prior to the biotinylation reaction, theoretically improving the signal-to-noise ratio when compared with other methods such as dCas9-based techniques. Should the method prove successful, it could represent a notable advancement in the field of chromatin biology, particularly in establishing the proteomes of individual chromatin regions - an extremely challenging objective that has not yet been comprehensively addressed by existing methodologies.

Strength of the Evidence:

The evidence presented by the authors is somewhat mixed, and the robustness of the findings appears to be preliminary at this stage. While certain data indicate that DNA-O-MAP may function effectively for repetitive DNA regions, a number of the claims made in the manuscript are either unsupported or require further substantiation. There are significant concerns about the resolution of the method, with substantial biotinylation signals extending well beyond the intended target regions (megabases around the target), suggesting a lack of specificity and poor resolution, particularly for smaller loci. Furthermore, comparisons with previous techniques are unfounded since the authors have not provided direct comparisons with the same mass spectrometry (MS) equipment and protocols. Additionally, although the authors assert an advantage in multiplexing, this claim appears overstated, as previous methods could achieve similar outcomes through TMT multiplexing. Therefore, while the method has potential, the evidence requires more rigorous support, comprehensive benchmarking, and further experimental validation to demonstrate the claimed improvements in specificity and practical applicability.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex presented by Li et al. is a novel contribution that significantly advances our understanding of CMG formation during the rate-limiting step of DNA replication initiation. This structure provides insights into the intermediate steps of CMG formation. The study builds upon previously known structures of Sld3 and Cdc45 and offers new perspectives into how Cdc45 is loaded onto MCM DH through Sld3-Sld7. The most notable finding is the structural difference in Sld3CBD when bound to Cdc45, particularly the arrangement of the α8-helix, which is essential for Cdc45 binding and may also pertain to its metazoan counterpart, Treslin. Additionally, the conformational shift in the DHHA1 domain of Cdc45 suggests a possible mechanism for its binding to MCM2NTD.

Strengths:

The manuscript is generally well-written, with a precise structural analysis and a solid methodological section that will significantly advance future studies in the field. The predictions based on structural alignments are intriguing and provide a new direction for exploring CMG formation, potentially shaping the future of DNA replication research.

Weaknesses:

The main weakness of the manuscript lies in the lack of experimental validation for the proposed Sld3-Sld7-Cdc45 model. Specifically, the claim that Sld3 binding to Cdc45-MCM does not inhibit GINS binding, a finding that contradicts previous research, is not sufficiently substantiated with experimental evidence. To strengthen their model, the authors must provide additional experimental data to support this mechanism. Also, the authors have not compared the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to see if Sld3/Treslin does not cause any clash with the GINS when bound to the CMG. Still, the work holds great potential in its current form but requires further experiments to confirm the authors' conclusions.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary

The manuscript presents valuable findings, particularly in the crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interaction and the identification of additional sequences involved in their binding. The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is novel, and the results provide insights into potential conformational changes that occur upon interaction. However, the work remains incomplete as several main claims are only partially supported by experimental data, particularly the proposed model for Sld3 interaction with GINS on the CMG. Additionally, the single-stranded DNA binding data from different species do not convincingly advance the manuscript's central arguments.

Strengths

(1) The Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structure is a novel contribution, revealing critical residues involved in the interaction.

(2) The model structures generated from the crystal data are well presented and provide valuable insights into the interaction sequences between Sld3 and Cdc45.

(3) The experiments testing the requirements for interaction sequences are thorough and conducted well, with clear figures supporting the conclusions.

(4) The conformational changes observed in Sld3 and Cdc45 upon binding are interesting and enhance our understanding of the interaction.

(5) The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is a new and valuable addition to the field.

Weaknesses

(1) The proposed model for Sld3 interacting with GINS on the CMG needs more experimental validation and conflicts with published findings. These discrepancies need more detailed discussion and exploration.

(2) The section on the binding of Sld3 complexes to origin single-stranded DNA needs significant improvement. The comparisons between Sld3-CBD, Sld3CBD-Cdc45, and Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 involve complexes from different species, limiting the comparisons' value.

(3) The authors' model proposing the release of Sld3 from CMG based on its binding to single-stranded DNA is unclear and needs more elaboration.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The paper by Li et al. describes the crystal structure of a complex of Sld3-Cdc45-binding domain (CBD) with Cdc45 and a model of the dimer of an Sld3-binding protein, Sld7, with two Sld3-CBD-Cdc45 for the tethering. In addition, the authors showed the genetic analysis of the amino acid substitution of residues of Sld3 in the interface with Cdc45 and biochemical analysis of the protein interaction between Sld3 and Cdc45 as well as DNA binding activity of Sld3 to the single-strand DNAs of the ARS sequence.

Strengths:

The authors provided a nice model of an intermediate step in the assembly of an active Cdc45-MCM-GINS (CMG) double hexamers at the replication origin, which is mediated by the Sld3-Sld7 complex. The dimer of the Sld3-Sld7 complexes tethers two MCM hexamers together for the recruitment of GINS-Pol epsilon on the replication origin.

Weaknesses:

The biochemical analysis should be carefully evaluated with more quantitative ways to strengthen the authors' conclusion.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Dovek and colleagues aimed at investigating the cellular and circuitry mechanisms underlying the recruitment of two morpho-physiologically-distinct subpopulations of dentate gyrus excitatory cells (granular cells or GCs, and semilunar cells or SGCs) into memory representations, also known as engrams.

To this end, the authors used TRAP2 mice to investigate the dentate gyrus "engram" neurons that were recruited or not (i.e., labeled or not) in a specific context (mostly enriched environment or EE, but also Barnes Maze or BM). GCs and SGCs were distinguished using a morphologically based classification. In line with previous observations (Erwin et al., 2022), SGCs exhibited a disproportionate context-dependent recruitment. Although they represent less than 5% of the excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, they comprise around 30% of behaviorally activated "engram" neurons.

Then, the authors compared the intrinsic physiological properties of GCs and SGCs that are recruited or not during EE. Consistent with previous observations (Williams et al., 2007, Afrasiabi et al., 2022), SGCs and GCs exhibited numerous differences (e.g., Rin, firing frequency) regardless of whether they were behaviorally activated or not. Only the adaptation in firing rate enabled the discrimination of "engram" SGCs (which displayed lower values) from non-recruited SGCs.

To examine how GCs and SGCs activated during EE are integrated into the local dentate gyrus microcircuits, the authors next performed a dual patch-clamp recording combined with wide-field optogenetics. Despite the presence of spontaneous EPSCs, no direct functional glutamatergic interconnection was observed between pairs of "engram" GCs and SGCs. In addition, the stimulation of behaviorally recruited GCs or SGCs rarely elicits IPSCs in non-engram excitatory neurons, which suggests limited lateral inhibition.

Last, the authors investigated whether neurons recruited in the same context were characterized by a higher propensity to receive temporally correlated inputs. To this end, they performed a dual patch-clamp and analyzed the temporal correlation of spontaneous EPSCs received by pairs of neurons (either two dentate gyrus "engram" neurons, or one "engram" neuron and one "non-engram" neuron in an EE context). They observed that the temporal correlation of excitatory events received by pairs of engram neurons was greater than that of pairs of neurons that do not belong to the same ensemble, and that expected by chance.

Altogether, the data suggest that distinctive intrinsic properties and shared excitatory afferent, rather than local microcircuit connectivity, are correlated with the context-dependent recruitment of dentate gyrus excitatory neurons.

Strengths:

This article raises interesting questions about the recruitment mechanisms of the neuronal ensembles that form memory engrams in the dentate gyrus. I find it particularly interesting that the authors considered not only granular cells, the main population of excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, but also a sparse subpopulation of semilunar cells, an understudied type of neuron described by Cajal, then almost forgotten for a century, and finally brought out of oblivion in the mid-2000s (Williams et al., 2007).

Weaknesses:

I think the article is a little too immature in its current form. I'd recommend that the authors work on their writing. For example, the objectives of the article are not completely clear to me after reading the manuscript, composed of parts where the authors seem to focus on SGCs, and others where they study "engram" neurons without differentiating the neuronal type (Figure 5). The next version of the manuscript should clearly establish the objectives and sub-aims.

In addition, some results are not entirely novel (e.g., the disproportionate recruitment as well as the distinctive physiological properties of SGCs), and/or based on correlations that do not fully support the conclusions of the article. In addition to re-writing, I believe that the article would benefit from being enriched with further analyses or even additional experiments before being resubmitted in a more definitive form.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors use the TRAP2 mouse line to label dentate gyrus cells active during an enriched environment paradigm and cut brain slices from these animals one week later to determine whether granule cells (GC) and semilunar granule cells (SGC) labelled during the exposure share common features. They particularly focus on the role of SGCs and potential circuit mechanisms by which they could be selectively embedded in the labelled assembly. The authors claim that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into IEG-expressing assemblies due to intrinsic firing characteristics but cannot identify any contributing circuit connectivity motives in the slice preparation, although they claim that an increased correlation between spontaneous synaptic currents in the slice could signify common synaptic inputs as the source of assembly formation.

Strengths:

The authors chose a timely and relevant question, namely how memory-bearing neuronal assemblies, or 'engrams', are established and maintained in the dentate gyrus. After the initial discovery of such memory-specific ensembles of immediate-early gene expressing engrams in 2012 (Ramirez et al.) this issue has been explored by several high-profile studies that have considerably expanded our understanding of the underlying molecular and cellular mechanisms, but still leave a lot of unanswered questions.

Weaknesses:

Unfortunately, there are several major methodological issues that put into question most if not all central claims made by the authors:

(1) The authors conclude that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into cfos assemblies during the enriched environment and Barnes maze task given that their classifier identifies about 30% of labelled cells as SGCs in both cases and that another study using a different method (Save et al., 2019) identified less than 5% of an unbiased sample of granule cells as SGCs. To make matters worse, the classifier deployed here was itself established on a biased sample of GCs patched in the molecular layer and granule cell layer, respectively, at even numbers (Gupta et al., 2020). The first thing the authors would need to show to make the claim that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into memory ensembles is that the fraction of GCs identified as SGCs with their own classifier is significantly lower than 30% using their own method on a random sample of GCs (e.g. through sparse viral labelling). As the authors correctly state in their discussion, morphological samples from patch-clamp studies are problematic for this purpose because of inherent technical issues (i.e. easier access to scattered GCs in the molecular layer).

(2) The authors claim that recurrent excitation from SGCs onto GCs or other SGCs is irrelevant because they did not find any connections in 32 simultaneous recordings (plus 63 in the next experiment). Without a demonstration that other connections from SGCs (e.g. onto mossy cells or interneurons) are preserved in their preparation and if so at what rates, it is unclear whether this experiment is indicative of the underlying biology or the quality of the preparation. The argument that spontaneous EPSCs are observed is not very convincing as these could equally well arise from severed axons (in fact we would expect that the vast majority of inputs are not from local excitatory cells). The argument on line 418 that SGCs have compact axons isn't particularly convincing either given that the morphologies from which they were derived were also obtained in slice preparations and would be subject to the same likelihood of severing the axon. Finally, even in paired slice recordings from CA3 pyramidal cells the experimentally detected connectivity rates are only around 1% (Guzman et al., 2016). The authors would need to record from a lot more than 32 pairs (and show convincing positive controls regarding other connections) to make the claim that connectivity is too low to be relevant.

(3) Another troubling sign is the fact that optogenetic GC stimulation rarely ever evokes feedback inhibition onto other cells which contrasts with both other in vitro (e.g. Braganza et al., 2020) and in vivo studies (Stefanelli et al., 2016) studies. Without a convincing demonstration that monosynaptic connections between SGCs/GCs and interneurons in both directions is preserved at least at the rates previously described in other slice studies (e.g. Geiger et al., 1997, Neuron, Hainmueller et al., 2014, PNAS, Savanthrapadian et al., 2014, J. Neurosci), the notion that this setting could be closer to naturalistic memory processing than the in vivo experiments in Stefanelli et al. (e.g. lines 443-444) strikes me as odd. In any case, the discussion should clearly state that compromised connectivity in the slice preparation is likely a significant confound when comparing these results.

(4) Probably the most convincing finding in this study is the higher zero-time lag correlation of spontaneous EPSCs in labelled vs. unlabeled pairs. Unfortunately, the fact that the authors use spontaneous EPSCs to begin with, which likely represent a mixture of spontaneous release from severed axons, minis, and coordinated discharge from intact axon segments or entire neurons, makes it very hard to determine the meaning and relevance of this finding. At the bare minimum, the authors need to show if and how strongly differences in baseline spontaneous EPSC rates between different cells and slices are contributing to this phenomenon. I would encourage the authors to use low-intensity extracellular stimulation at multiple foci to determine whether labelled pairs really share higher numbers of input from common presynaptic axons or cells compared to unlabeled pairs as they claim. I would also suggest the authors use conventional Cross correlograms (CCG; see e.g. English et al., 2017, Neuron; Senzai and Buzsaki, 2017, Neuron) instead of their somewhat convoluted interval-selective correlation analysis to illustrate co-dependencies between the event time series. The references above also illustrate a more robust approach to determining whether peaks in the CCGs exceed chance levels.

(5) Finally, one of the biggest caveats of the study is that the ensemble is labelled a full week before the slice experiment and thereby represents a latent state of a memory rather than encoding consolidation, or recall processes. The authors acknowledge that in the discussion but they should also be mindful of this when discussing other (especially in vivo) studies and comparing their results to these. For instance, Pignatelli et al 2018 show drastic changes in GC engram activity and features driven by behavioral memory recall, so the results of the current study may be very different if slices were cut immediately after memory acquisition (if that was possible with a different labelling strategy), or if animals were re-exposed to the enriched environment right before sacrificing the animal.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The study explores the cellular and circuit features that distinguish dentate gyrus semilunar granule cells and granule cells activated during contextual memory formation. The authors tag memory and enriched environment-activated dentate granule cells and semilunar granule cells and show their reactivation in an appropriate context a week later. They perform patch clamp recordings from activated and surrounding neurons to understand cellular driving the selective activation of semilunar granule cells and granule cells. Authors perform dual patch clamp recordings from various pairs of labeled semilunar granule cells, labeled granule cells, unlabeled granule cells, and unlabeled semilunar granule cells. The sustained firing of semilunar granule cells explained their preferential activation. In addition, activated neurons received correlated inputs.

Strengths:

The authors confirmed engram cell properties of activated semilunar granule cells and granule cells in two different paradigms, validated using an enriched environment paradigm.

The authors carefully separate semilunar granule cells from granule cells, using electrophysiology and morphology. Cell filling to confirm morphology further strengthens confidence.

The dual patch recordings, which are technically challenging, are carefully performed, and the presence of synaptic activity is confirmed.

Finally, the correlation analysis of EPSCs on labeled neurons is rigorous.

Weaknesses:

(1) Engram cells are (i) activated by a learning experience, (ii) physically or chemically modified by the learning experience, and (iii) reactivated by subsequent presentation of the stimuli present at the learning experience (or some portion thereof), resulting in memory retrieval. The authors show that exposure to Barnes Maze and the enriched environment-activated semilunar granule cells and granule cells preferentially in the superior blade of the dentate gyrus, and a significant fraction were reactivated on re-exposure. However, physical or chemical modification by experience was not tested. Experience modifies engram cells, and a common modification is the Hebbian, i.e., potentiation of excitatory synapses. The authors recorded EPSCs from labeled and unlabeled GCs and SGCs. Was there a difference in the amplitude or frequency of EPSCs recorded from labeled and unlabeled cells?

(2) The authors studied five sequential sections, each 250 μm apart across the septotemporal axis, which were immunostained for c-Fos and analyzed for quantification. Is this an adequate sample? Also, it would help to report the dorso-ventral gradient since more engram cells are in the dorsal hippocampus. Slices shown in the figures appear to be from the dorsal hippocampus.

(3) The authors investigated the role of surround inhibition in establishing memory engram SGCS and GCs. Surprisingly, they found no evidence of lateral inhibition in the slice preparation. Interneurons, e.g., PV interneurons, have large axonal arbors that may be cut during slicing. Similarly, the authors point out that some excitatory connections may be lost in slices. This is a limitation of slice electrophysiology.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Transformer (tra) and Double Sex (dsx) genes influence the differentiation of sexual characteristics in Drosophila. A female-specific Tra protein regulates the dsx pre-mRNA splicing, which is required for the proper development of female-specific germ cells. The dsx gene regulates the development of sexual characteristics in both somatic and germline cells. The female-specific Dsx protein (DsxF) promotes female germline development, whereas the male-specific Dsx protein (DsxM) promotes male germline development. This regulation ensures that the germline cells develop in accordance with the sex karyotype of the organism. Together, they influence the sexual characteristics of both somatic and germline cells. This coordination is vital for fertility and the propagation of the species.

In the article titled, "Diverse somatic Transformer and sex chromosome karyotype pathways regulate gene expression in Drosophila gonad development", the authors set out to compare the results of the gene expression patterns in the wild-type and transformed XX and XY germline cells, respectively, with an aim to understand the mechanism underlying the roles of tra and dsx genes. The authors hypothesised that somatic tra expression would be required for germline development and not for sex determination within germ cells. An independent germ cell-autonomous gene expression would be necessary for their sex determination. The authors also argued that the somatic tra activity would signal to germ cells through downstream gene expression for inducing the transformation which could be understood by comparing the phenotype and gene expression of the larval wild-type gonads and the sex-transformed tra gonads. The authors then set out to describe extensive scRNAseq data from different types of larval gonads viz., XX and XY female-type and XY and XX male-type gonads to conclude that sex determination in the germline and somatic cells is a complex process.

Although the manuscript contains a lot of data, some of which could be useful to conclude a novel understanding regarding the abnormal transformation of the XX karyotype germ cells to male gonads, it suffers from incomplete analysis and poor organization. As a consequence, the authors ended up listing a lot of information with no clear conclusions.

The manuscript in its current form is difficult to decipher by uninitiated readers. A thorough revision of the text and the presentation style of the data would significantly improve the message and its acceptance by a wider readership.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The manuscript by Mahadevaraju and colleagues addresses the very interesting question of how sex-specific gene expression is regulated downstream of the sex-determination decision during sexually dimorphic development. Most previous work has been done with adult "endpoint" analysis long after sex-specific gene expression and sex-specific development has been initiated, but this study appropriately focuses on earlier developmental stages. The authors use bulk RNA-seq of ovaries and testes where key sex determination factors have been altered, allowing for a comparison of XX "testes" and XY "ovaries" to their normal XX ovary and XY testis counterparts. This is interesting work that appears to be conducted in a rigorous manner, and will be beneficial for the community. However, I also feel that the authors miss some key opportunities in their analysis. In particular, they focus on the sexual state of the germline, which is a very interesting question, but they may actually be more poised to make interesting conclusions about the somatic cells of the gonad.

One issue with the work is that there are no simple conclusions. This is not the fault of the authors or the work but of mother nature, which has made it particularly difficult to parse out the different contributions that regulate germline sex determination-those regulated by the germline's own sex chromosome constitution and those regulated by the sex of the surrounding soma. While this makes a paper more difficult to write and interpret, it is simply the truth, and the authors deal with this complexity very well. One aspect of this work that is more clear than others is that germ cells do not enter, or at least go very far, down the spermatogenesis pathway unless they are XY germ cells in a male soma. This conclusion could be made more clear in the manuscript. The experiment generating genotypes where a Y chromosome is present regardless of X chromosome number or tra state, and then examining kl-3 expression is particularly nice, and makes the point clearly. The authors could be stronger overall about this conclusion.

I also feel that there is a missed opportunity here. The experimental design utilizes sex transformation of the soma, but the manuscript focuses almost entirely on the germline. On one hand, this is problematic since the samples are mixed cell types with very different contributions of the germline to the overall tissue. While they can identify genes that are expressed primarily in the germline in normal males and females and use these for their analysis, there's no way to really tell whether this is also the case in transformed gonads or the total germline contribution to the bulk RNA-seq. I certainly don't discount their germline analysis, but these issues should be made clear in the manuscript. Second, and more important, is the fact that there would seem to be a wealth of changes in somatic gene expression, more directly regulated by the somatic sex determination machinery, that seems ripe for analysis. In addition, nice experiments like the comparison of tra- XX males with dsxD/- XX males, which can beautifully identify genes that are regulated by tra independently of dsx, are only glossed over in the analysis, results, and discussion.

I feel that a better analysis of somatic sexual development would be highly beneficial.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper is focused on gonad development, with an examination of the role of the Drosophila somatic sex determination hierarchy, sex chromosomes, and the interaction between the sex determination hierarchy and sex chromosome composition. The authors use bulk RNA-seq, long-read RNA-seq, and additional published single-cell RNA-seq data sets to examine gene expression in wild-type male and female gonads and in sex-transformed gonads that have functional alterations of the sex determination hierarchy gene, transformer. In these latter genotypes, the authors generate animals that are chromosomally XX with testes, and chromosomally XY with ovaries. The data were collected from larval gonads, as adults have substantial germ cell loss when sex is transformed. In addition, the authors characterize the cell biology of the gonads using well-established antibody markers and expression patterns. The authors show that there is no simple pathway controlling why the sex of the somatic tissue and germline need to match. Their data clearly show that both sex chromosome karyotype and somatic transformer status regulate gene expression together, with fewer germline gene expression patterns regulated by karyotype alone.

This a complete study where the authors go beyond gene expression and examine impacts on splicing, with one interesting focus on the sex hierarchy splicing factor sex-lethal, and also on the role of the sex hierarchy gene doublesex. Gonad development in sex-transformed animals has been challenging to understand, in terms of the interactions between somatic sex determination, germline sex determination, and karyotype. This paper adds an important step, with high-resolution genomic, molecular, and cellular understanding.

Strengths:

The genomic experiments are rigorously performed, with appropriate replication and statistical analyses. The authors do high-resolution cell biological quantification, with some validation of the genomic results. The authors also provide a webpage for dynamic viewing of feature plots, which will be a valuable resource for colleagues. Overall, the authors do a good job providing context for their readers, especially providing older literature reports and findings.

Weaknesses:

A minor weakness is that they did not provide validation of their newly developed gene-specific reporter tools.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

In this manuscript, Sun et al report the development of a POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology) approach for drug target identification. Generally, this new technology applies a non-diffusive proximity tagging system by utilizing an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag to transfer prokaryotic ubiquitin-like protein (Pup) to proximal proteins upon directly binding to the small molecule. After the pupylated targets are captured, they are able to be detected by mass spectrometry. Significant optimization (Lys-Arg and other mutations) was conducted to eliminate the interference of self-pupylation, polypupylation, and depupylation, POST-IT was successfully applied for the target identification of 2 well-known drugs: dasatinib and hydroxychloroquine, which yielded SEPHS2 and VPS37C as their new potential targets, respectively. Furthermore, POST-IT was also applied in live zebrafish embryos, highlighting its potential for broad biological research and drug development.

This work was well designed and the experiments were logically conducted. The solid results support POST-IT as a promising technology for new drug target identification.

Weakness and limitations:

(1) The technology requires a halo-tagged derivation of the active compound, and the linked position will have a huge impact on the potential "target hits" of the molecules. Given the fact that most of the active molecules lack of structure-activity relationship information, it is very challenging to identify the optimal position of the halo tag linkage.

(2) Although POST-IT works in zebrafish embryos, there is still a long way to go for the broad application of the technology in other animal models.

(3) The authors identified SEPHS2 as a new potential target of dasatinib and further validated the direct binding of dasatinib with this protein. However, considering the super strong activity of dasatinib against c-Src (sub nanomolar IC50 value), it is hard to conclude the contribution of SEPHS2 binding (micromolar potency) to its antitumor activity.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The study by Sun et al. introduces a useful system utilizing the proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag for investigating drug-protein interactions in both in vitro (cell culture) and in vivo (zebrafish) settings. The authors presented the development and optimization of the system, as well as examples of its application and the identification of potential novel drug targets. However, the manuscript requires considerable improvements, particularly in writing and justification of experimental design. There are several inaccuracies in data description and a lack of statistics in some figures, undermining the conclusions drawn in the manuscript. Additionally, the authors introduced variants of the ligands and their cognate substrates, yet their use in different experiments appears random and lacks justification. It is challenging for readers to remember and track the specific properties of each variant, further complicating the interpretation of the results.

The conclusions of this paper are mostly backed by data, but certain aspects of data analysis and description require further clarification and expansion.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript introduces POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology), a novel non-diffusive proximity tagging system for identifying target proteins in live cells and organisms. This technology preserves cellular context essential for capturing specific drug-protein interactions, including transient complexes and membrane-associated proteins. Using an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag, POST-IT specifically labels proximal proteins upon binding to a small molecule, with extensive optimization to enhance specificity and efficiency.

Strengths:

The study successfully identifies known targets and discovers new binders, such as SEPHS2 for dasatinib and VPS37C for hydroxychloroquine, advancing our understanding of their mechanisms. Additionally, its application in live zebrafish embryos demonstrates POST-IT's potential for widespread use in biological research and drug development.

Weaknesses:

Despite these promising results, several areas require further clarification or expansion to strengthen the manuscript:

(1) Target Specificity: It is crucial for the authors to differentiate between the primary targets of the POST-IT system and those identified as side effects. This distinction is essential for assessing the specificity and utility of the technology.

(2) In Vivo Target Identification: The manuscript lacks detailed clarity on which specific targets were successfully identified in the in vivo experiments. Expanding on this information would provide a clearer view of the system's effectiveness and scope in complex biological settings.

(3) Reproducibility and Scalability: Discussion on the reproducibility of the POST-IT system across various experimental setups and biological models, as well as its scalability for larger-scale drug discovery programs, would be beneficial.

(4) Quantitative Analysis: A more detailed quantitative analysis of the protein interactions identified by POST-IT, including statistical significance and comparative data against other technologies, would enhance the manuscript.

(5) Technological Limitations: The authors should discuss any limitations or potential pitfalls of the POST-IT system, which would be crucial for future users and for guiding subsequent improvements.

(6) Long-Term Stability and Activity: Information on the long-term stability and activity of the POST-IT components in different biological environments would ensure the reliability of the system in prolonged experiments.

(7) Comparison with Existing Technologies: A detailed comparison with existing proximity tagging and target identification technologies would help position POST-IT within the current landscape, highlighting its unique advantages and potential drawbacks.

(8) Concerns Regarding Overexposed Bands: Several figures in the manuscript, specifically Figure 3A, 3B, 3C, 3F, 3G, Figure 4D, and the second panels in Figure 7C as well as some figures in the supplementary file, exhibit overexposed bands.

(9) Innovation Concern: There is a previous paper describing a similar approach: Liu Q, Zheng J, Sun W, Huo Y, Zhang L, Hao P, Wang H, Zhuang M. A proximity-tagging system to identify membrane protein-protein interactions. Nat Methods. 2018 Sep;15(9):715-722. doi: 10.1038/s41592-018-0100-5. Epub 2018 Aug 13. PMID: 30104635. It is crucial to explicitly address the novel aspects of POST-IT in contrast to this earlier work.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript assesses the utility of spatial image correlation spectroscopy (ICS) for measuring physiological responses to DNA damage. ICS is a long-established (~1993) method similar to fluorescence correlation spectroscopy, for deriving information about the fluorophore density that underlies the intensity distributions of images. The authors first provide a technical but fairly accessible background to the theory of ICS, then compare it with traditional spot-counting methods for its ability to analyze the characteristics of γH2AX staining. Based on the degree of aggregation (DA) value, the authors then survey other markers of DNA damage and uncover some novel findings, such as that RPA aggregation inversely tracks the sensitivity to PARP inhibitors of different cell lines.

The need for a more objective and standardized tool for analyzing DNA damage has long been felt in the field and the authors argue convincingly for this. The data in the manuscript are in general well-supported and of high quality, and show promise of being a robust alternative to traditional focus counting. However, there are a number of areas where I would suggest further controls and explanations to strengthen the authors' case for the robustness of their ICS method.

Strengths:

The spatial ICS method the authors describe and demonstrate is easy to perform and applicable to a wide variety of images. The DDR was well-chosen as an arena to showcase its utility due to its well-characterized dose-responsiveness and known variability between cell types. Their method should be readily useable by any cell biologist wanting to assess the degree of aggregation of fluorescent tags of interest.

Weaknesses:

The spatial ICS method, though of longstanding history, is not as intuitive or well-known as spot-based quantitation. While the Theory section gives a standard mathematical introduction, it is not as accessible as it could be. Additionally, the values of TNoP and DA shown in the Results are not discussed sufficiently with regard to their physical and physiological interpretation.

The correlation of TNoP with γH2AX foci is high (Figure 2) and suggestive that the ICS method is suitable for measuring the strength of the DDR. The authors correctly mention that the number of spots found using traditional means can vary based on the parameters used for spot detection. They contrast this with their ICS detection method; however, the actual robustness of spatial ICS is not given equal consideration.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Immunostaining of chromatin-associated proteins and visualization of these factors through fluorescence microscopy is a powerful technique to study molecular processes such as DNA damage and repair, their timing, and their genetic dependencies. Nonetheless, it is well-established that this methodology (sometimes called "foci-ology") is subject to biases introduced during sample preparation, immunostaining, foci visualization, and scoring. This manuscript addresses several of the shortcomings associated with immunostaining by using image correlation spectroscopy (ICS) to quantify the recruitment of several DNA damage response-associated proteins following various types of DNA damage.

The study compares automated foci counting and fluorescence intensity to image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation study the recruitment of DNA repair proteins to chromatin following DNA damage. After validating image correlation spectroscopy as a reliable method to visualize the recruitment of γH2AX to chromatin following DNA damage in two separate cell lines, the study demonstrates that this new method can also be used to quantify RPA1 and Rad51 recruitment to chromatin following DNA damage. The study further shows that RPA1 signal as measured by this method correlates with cell sensitivity to Olaparib, a widely-used PARP inhibitor.

Strengths:

Multiple proof-of-concept experiments demonstrate that using image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation is typically more sensitive than foci counting or foci intensity as a measure of recruitment of a protein of interest to a site of DNA damage. The sensitivity of the SKOV3 and OVCA429 cell lines to MMS and the PARP inhibitors Olaparib and Veliparib as measured by cell viability in response to increasing amounts of each compound is a valuable correlate to the image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation measurements.

Weaknesses:

The subjectivity of foci counting has been well-recognized in the DNA repair field, and thus foci counts are usually interpreted relative to a set of technical and biological controls and across a meaningful time period. As such:

(1) A more detailed description of the numerous prior studies examining the immunostaining of proteins such as γH2AX, RAD51, and RPA is needed to give context to the findings presented herein.

(2) The benefits of adopting image correlation spectroscopy should be discussed in comparison to other methods, such as super-resolution microscopy, which may also offer enhanced sensitivity over traditional microscopy.

(3) Additional controls demonstrating the specificity of their antibodies to detection of the proteins of interest should be added, or the appropriate citations validating these antibodies included.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper described a new tool called "Image Correlation Spectroscopy; ICS) to detect clustering fluorescence signals such as foci in the nucleus (or any other cellular structures). The authors compared ICS DA (degree of aggregation) data with Imaris Spots data (and ImageJ Find Maxima data) and found a comparable result between the two analyses and that the ICS sometimes produced a better quantification than the Imaris. Moreover, the authors extended the application of ICS to detect cell-cycle stages by analyzing the DAPI image of cells. This is a useful tool without the subjective bias of researchers and provides novel quantitative values in cell biology.

Strengths:

The authors developed a new tool to detect and quantify the aggregates of immuno-fluorescent signals, which is a center of modern cell biology, such as the fields of DNA damage responses (DDR), including DNA repair. This new method could detect the "invisible" signal in cells without pre-extraction, which could prevent the effect of extracted materials on the pre-assembled ensembles, a target for the detection. This would be an alternative method for the quantification of fluorescent signals relative to conventional methods.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this work, the authors present a cornucopia of data generated using deep mutational scanning (DMS) of variants in MET kinase, a protein target implicated in many different forms of cancer. The authors conducted a heroic amount of deep mutational scanning, using computational structural models to augment the interpretation of their DMS findings.

Strengths:

This powerful combination of computational models, experimental structures in the literature, dose-response curves, and DMS enables them to identify resistance and sensitizing mutations in the MET kinase domain, as well as consider inhibitors in the context of the clinically relevant exon-14 deletion. They then try to use the existing language model ESM1b augmented by an XGBoost regressor to identify key biophysical drivers of fitness. The authors provide an incredible study that has a treasure trove of data on a clinically relevant target that will appeal to many.

Weaknesses:

However, the authors do not equally consider alternative possible mechanisms of resistance or sensitivity beyond the impact of mutation on binding, even though the measure used to discuss resistance and sensitivity is ultimately a resistance score derived from the increase or decrease of the presence of a variant during cell growth. There are also points of discussion and interpretation that rely heavily on docked models of kinase-inhibitor pairs without considering alternative binding modes or providing any validation of the docked pose. Lastly, the use of ESM1b is powerful but constrained heavily by the limited structural training data provided, which can lead to misleading interpretations without considering alternative conformations or poses.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript provides a comprehensive overview of potential resistance mutations within MET Receptor Tyrosine Kinase and defines how specific mutations affect different inhibitors and modes of target engagement. The goal is to identify inhibitor combinations with the lowest overlap in their sensitivity to resistant mutations and determine if certain resistance mutations/mechanisms are more prevalent for specific modes of ATP-binding site engagement. To achieve this, the authors measured the ability of ~6000 single mutants of MET's kinase domain (in the context of a cytosolic TPR fusion) to drive IL-3-independent proliferation (used as a proxy for activity) of Ba/F3 cells (deep mutational profiling) in the presence of 11 different inhibitors. The authors then used co-crystal and docked structures of inhibitor-bound MET complexes to define the mechanistic basis of resistance and applied a protein language model to develop a predictive model of inhibitor sensitivity/resistance.

Strengths:

The major strengths of this manuscript are the comprehensive nature of the study and the rigorous methods used to measure the sensitivity of ~6000 MET mutants in a pooled format. The dataset generated will be a valuable resource for researchers interested in understanding kinase inhibitor sensitivity and, more broadly, small molecule ligand/protein interactions. The structural analyses are systematic and comprehensive, providing interesting insights into resistance mechanisms. Furthermore, the use of machine learning to define inhibitor-specific fitness landscapes is a valuable addition to the narrative. Although the ESM1b protein language model is only moderately successful in identifying the underlying mechanistic basis of resistance, the authors' attempt to integrate systematic sequence/function datasets with machine learning serves as a foundation for future efforts.

Weaknesses:

The main limitation of this study is that the authors' efforts to define general mechanisms between inhibitor classes were only moderately successful due to the challenge of uncoupling inhibitor-specific interaction effects from more general mechanisms related to the mode of ATP-binding site engagement. However, this is a minor limitation that only minimally detracts from the impressive overall scope of the study.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In the manuscript 'Mapping kinase domain resistance mechanisms for the MET receptor tyrosine kinase via deep mutational scanning' by Estevam et al, deep mutational scanning is used to assess the impact of ~5,764 mutants in the MET kinase domain on the binding of 11 inhibitors. Analyses were divided by individual inhibitor and kinase inhibitor subtypes (I, II, I 1/2, and III). While a number of mutants were consistent with previous clinical reports, novel potential resistance mutants were also described. This study has implications for the development of combination therapies, namely which combination of inhibitors to avoid based on overlapping resistance mutant profiles. While one suggested pair of inhibitors with the least overlapping resistance mutation profiles was suggested, this manuscript presents a proof of concept toward a more systematic approach for improved selection of combination therapeutics. Furthermore, in a final part of this manuscript the data was used to train a machine learning model, the ESM-1b protein language model augmented with an XG Boost Regressor framework, and found that they could improve predictions of resistance mutations above the initial ESM-1b model.

Strengths:

Overall this paper is a tour-de-force of data collection and analysis to establish a more systematic approach for the design of combination therapies, especially in targeting MET and other kinases, a family of proteins significant to therapeutic intervention for a variety of diseases. The presentation of the work is mostly concise and clear with thousands of data points presented neatly and clearly. The discovery of novel resistance mutants for individual MET inhibitors, kinase inhibitor subtypes within the context of MET, and all resistance mutants across inhibitor subtypes for MET has clinical relevance. However, probably the most promising outcome of this paper is the proposal of the inhibitor combination of Crizotinib and Cabozantib as Type I and Type II inhibitors, respectively, with the least overlapping resistance mutation profiles and therefore potentially the most successful combination therapy for MET. While this specific combination is not necessarily the point, it illustrates a compelling systematic approach for deciding how to proceed in developing combination therapy schedules for kinases. In an insightful final section of this paper, the authors approach using their data to train a machine learning model, perhaps understanding that performing these experiments for every kinase for every inhibitor could be prohibitive to applying this method in practice.

Weaknesses:

This paper presents a clear set of experiments with a compelling justification. The content of the paper is overall of high quality. Below are mostly regarding clarifications in presentation.

Two places could use more computational experiments and analysis, however. Both are presented as suggestions, but at least a discussion of these topics would improve the overall relevance of this work. In the first case it seems that while the analyses conducted on this dataset were chosen with care to be the most relevant to human health, further analyses of these results and their implications of our understanding of allosteric interactions and their effects on inhibitor binding would be a relevant addition. For example, for any given residue type found to be a resistance mutant are there consistent amino acid mutations to which a large or small or effect is found. For example is a mutation from alanine to phenylalanine always deleterious, though one can assume the exact location of a residue matters significantly. Some of this analysis is done in dividing resistance mutants by those that are near the inhibitor binding site and those that aren't, but more of these types of analyses could help the reader understand the large amount of data presented here. A mention at least of the existing literature in this area and the lack or presence of trends would be worthwhile. For example, is there any correlation with a simpler metric like the Grantham score to predict effects of mutations (in a way the ESM-1b model is a better version of this, so this is somewhat implicitly discussed).

Indeed, this discussion relates to the second point this manuscript could improve upon: the machine learning section. The main actionable item here is that this results section seems the least polished and could do a better job describing what was done. In the figure it looks like results for certain inhibitors were held out as test data - was this all mutants for a single inhibitor, or some other scheme? Overall I think the implications of this section could be fleshed out, potentially with more experiments. As mentioned in the 'Strengths' section, one of the appealing aspects of this paper is indeed its potential wide applicability across kinases -- could you use this ML model to predict resistance mutants for an entirely different kinase? This doesn't seem far-fetched, and would be an extremely compelling addition to this paper to prove the value of this approach.

Another area in which this paper could improve its clarity is in the description of caveats of the assay. The exact math used to define resistance mutants and its dependence on the DMSO control is interesting, it is worth discussing where the failure modes of this procedure might be. Could it be that the resistance mutants identified in this assay would differ significantly from those found in patients? That results here are consistent with those seen in the clinic is promising, but discrepancies could remain. Furthermore a more in depth discussion of the MetdelEx14 results is warranted. For example, why is the DMSO signature in Figure 1 - supplement 4 so different from that of Figure 1? And finally, there is a lot of emphasis put on the unexpected results of this assay for the tivantinib "type III" inhibitor - could this in fact be because the molecule "is highly selective for the inactive or unphosphorylated form of c-Met" according to Eathiraj et al JBC 2011?

While this paper is crisply written with beautiful figures, the complexity of the data warrants a bit more clarity in how the results are visualized. Namely, clearly highlighting mutants that have previously reported and those identified by this study across all figures could help significantly in understanding the more novel findings of the work.

Finally, the potential impacts and follow-ups of this excellent study could be communicated better - it is recommended that they advertise better this paper as a resource for the community both as a dataset and as a proof of concept. In this realm I would encourage the authors to emphasize the multiple potential uses of this dataset by others to provide answers and insights on a variety of problems. Related to this, the decision to include the MetdelEx14 results, but not discuss them at all is interesting, do the authors expect future analyses to lead to useful insights? Is it surprising that trends are broadly the same to the data discussed? And finally it could be valuable to have a small addition of introspection from the authors on how this approach could be altered and/or improved in the future to facilitate the general application of this approach for combination therapies for other targets.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors used a subset of a very large, previously generated 16S dataset to:<br /> (1) assess age-associated features; and (2) develop a fecal microbiome clock, based on an extensive longitudinal sampling of wild baboons for which near-exact chronological age is known. They further seek to understand deviation from age-expected patterns and uncover if and why some individuals have an older or younger microbiome than expected, and the health and longevity implications of such variation. Overall, the authors compellingly achieved their goals of discovering age-associated microbiome features and developing a fecal microbiome clock. They also showed clear and exciting evidence for sex and rank-associated variation in the pace of gut microbiome aging and impacts of seasonality on microbiome age in females. These data add to a growing understanding of modifiers of the pace of age in primates, and links among different biological indicators of age, with implications for understanding and contextualizing human variation. However, in the current version, there are gaps in the analyses with respect to the social environment, and in comparisons with other biological indicators of age. Despite this, I anticipate this work will be impactful, generate new areas of inquiry, and fuel additional comparative studies.

Strengths:

The major strengths of the paper are the size and sampling depth of the study population, including the ability to characterize the social and physical environments, and the application of recent and exciting methods to characterize the microbiome clock. An additional strength was the ability of the authors to compare and contrast the relative age-predictive power of the fecal microbiome clock to other biological methods of age estimation available for the study population (dental wear, blood cell parameters, methylation data). Furthermore, the writing and support materials are clear, informative and visually appealing.

Weaknesses:

It seems clear that more could be done in the area of drawing comparisons among the microbiome clock and other metrics of biological age, given the extensive data available for the study population. It was confusing to see this goal (i.e. "(i) to test whether microbiome age is correlated with other hallmarks of biological age in this population"), listed as a future direction, when the authors began this process here and have the data to do more; it would add to the impact of the paper to see this more extensively developed. An additional weakness of the current set of analyses is that the authors did not explore the impact of current social network connectedness on microbiome parameters, despite the landmark finding from members of this authorship studying the same population that "Social networks predict gut microbiome composition in wild baboons" published here in eLife some years ago. While a mother's social connectedness is included as a parameter of early life adversity, overall the authors focus strongly on social dominance rank, without discussion of that parameter's impact on social network size or directly assessing it.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Dasari et al present an interesting study investigating the use of 'microbiota age' as an alternative to other measures of 'biological age'. The study provides several curious insights into biological aging. Although 'microbiota age' holds potential as a proxy of biological age, it comes with limitations considering the gut microbial community can be influenced by various non-age related factors, and various age-related stressors may not manifest in changes in the gut microbiota. The work would benefit from a more comprehensive discussion, that includes the limitations of the study and what these mean to the interpretation of the results.

Strengths:

The dataset this study is based on is impressive, and can reveal various insights into biological ageing and beyond. The analysis implemented is extensive and high-level.

Weaknesses:

The key weakness is the use of microbiota age instead of e.g., DNA-methylation-based epigenetic age as a proxy of biological ageing, for reasons stated in the summary. DNA methylation levels can be measured from faecal samples, and as such epigenetic clocks too can be non-invasive. I will provide authors a list of minor edits to improve the read, to provide more details on Methods, and to make sure study limitations are discussed comprehensively.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In their manuscript entitled "Terminal tracheal cells of Drosophila are immune privileged to maintain their Foxo-dependent structural plasticity", Bossen and colleagues determine that the terminal cells of the tracheal system differ from other larval tracheal cells in that they do not typically show an Imd-dependent immune response to fungal and viral infections. The authors reach this conclusion based on the expression of a reporter line, Drs-GFP. The authors speculate that this difference may reflect differential expression of an immune pathway component, as tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) do not respond to forced expression of PRGP-LS. The authors then go on to show that, unlike the other cells of the tracheal system, terminal cells do not express PGRP-LC as reported by a GAL4 enhancer trap. Forced expression of PGRP-LC in terminal cells resulted in reduced branching, cell damage, and features of the cell death program. These effects could be suppressed by the depletion of AP-1 or Foxo transcription factors. The authors show that Foxo plays a negative role in the branching of TTCs, with ectopic branching occurring upon RNAi (or under hypoxic conditions). The authors speculate that the immune privilege of the TTCs may have evolved to permit Foxo regulation of TTC branching.

Strengths:

The authors provide compelling genetic data.

Weaknesses:

(1) The authors state that after infection 34% of larvae were not GFP+ as defined by the detection of Drs-GFP in dorsal branches. The authors should clarify if these larvae are completely without response to infection, with no Drs-GFP in dorsal trunks and or other tracheal branches. If these larvae are entirely unresponsive, could authors indicate why this might be? Also, at this point in the manuscript, the authors are somewhat misleading regarding TTC expression of Drs-GFP - they should state at this point that there are some TTCs that do express Drs-GFP, and also should address their prior study of Drs-GFP induction which does not claim exclusion of TTC Drs-GFP expression.

(2) The authors describe the terminal cell phenotype as "shrunken" but this implies loss of size or pruning, however, it is not clear whether the defects could equally be due to lack of growth or slower growth.

(3) Figure 1 suggests that GFP+ dorsal branches are not uniform in their expression of Drs-GFP, it seems more patchy. The authors should define the fraction of dorsal branch cells that are Drs-GFP positive. Also, are fusion cells Drs-GFP positive?

(4) Drs-GFP expression is largely absent from terminal cells; however, a still significant # of terminal cells show expression (8%). Authors argue that PRGP-LC expression is absent based on a GAL4 transgenic line. If this line reflects endogenous PRGP-LC expression, should there not be 8% positive TTCs? Or is the 8% Drs-GFP expression independent of the IMD receptor?

(5) Figure 2: the authors state that TTCs are negative even with induced PRGP-LE expression - should there not be at least 8% that are positive?

(6) The authors compare PRGP-LC expression to induction of cell death by expression of reaper and hid. Reaper and Hid had stronger effects and eliminated TTCs. See cleavage of caspase Dpc-1 in PRGP-LC expressing cells. Is caspase cleavage always diagnostic of apoptosis or could the weaker than rpr/hid phenotype imply a different function?

(7) Drs-GFP expression is said to be "completely" absent from tracheal terminal cells when the entire tracheal system is expressing PGRP-LE.

(8) Figure 5, TRE_RFP expression, is not convincing that it is higher or in terminal cells.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this study, Bossen et al. looked at the immune status of the tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) in Drosophila larvae. The authors propose that these cells do show PGFP-LCx expression and, hence, lack immune function. Artificial overexpression of the PGRP-LCx in the TTCs causes these cells to undergo apoptosis.

Strengths:

Only a few groups have tried to look at the immune status of the trachea, though we know that AMPs are expressed there after infection. This exciting study attempts to understand the differences in the tracheal cells that do not produce AMPs upon infection.

Weaknesses:

The reason why the TTCs have some immune privilege still needs to be completely clear. Whether the phenotype is cell autonomous or contributes to the cellular immune system is not evaluated. As we know, crystal cells also maintain oxygen levels in larvae; whether in the absence of terminal trachea, the crystal cells have any role is not explored.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors report that tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) in Drosophila do not activate innate immunity following bacterial infection. They attribute this to the lack of expression of PGRP-LCx in these cells. Forced activation of the Imd pathway in TTCs leads to cell death and a reduction in tracheal branching. The authors propose a mechanism for cell death induction via pathways involving JNK, AP-1, and foxo. They suggest that the suppression of innate immunity in TTCs may serve to maintain their plasticity, preparing them for responses to hypoxic conditions.

Strengths:

(1) The study addresses the understudied area of immune privilege in innate immunity, providing a potentially important example in Drosophila TTCs.

(2) The molecular characterization of the cell death pathway induced by forced Imd activation is well-executed and provides solid mechanistic insights.

(3) The authors draw interesting parallels between Drosophila TTCs and mammalian endothelial cells, suggesting broader implications for their findings.

Weaknesses:

(1) The core premise of the study - that TTCs do not activate innate immunity following bacterial infection - relies heavily on a single readout (Drs reporter). Additional markers of immune activation would strengthen this crucial claim.

(2) The evidence for the lack of PGRP-LCx expression in TTCs is based on a single GAL4 reporter line. Given the importance of this observation to the authors' model, validation using alternative methods would be beneficial.

(3) The phenotypes observed upon forced activation of the Imd pathway in TTCs, while intriguing, may be influenced by non-physiological levels of pathway activation. The authors should address this potential caveat and consider examining the effects of more moderate pathway activation.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains.

Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences.

Strengths:

This is a pioneering article, very useful for comparative brain studies and conducted with great seriousness and based on many past studies. The article is well-written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion, and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains.

Weaknesses:

The article is aware of its limitations, not being able to take into account inter-individual variability within each species, inter-hemispheric asymmetries, or differences between males and females. However, this does not detract from their aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores so that navigation within the brains of these species can be simplified for future studies. This article does not include comparisons of morphometric data such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors have completed MRI-based descriptions of the sulcal anatomy of 18 carnivoran species that vary greatly in behaviour and ecology. In this descriptive study, different sulcal patterns are identified in relation to phylogeny and, to some extent, behaviour. The authors argue that the reported differences across families reflect behaviour and electrophysiology, but these correlations are not supported by any analyses.

Strengths:

A major strength of this paper is using very similar imaging methods across all specimens. Often papers like this rely on highly variable methods so that consistency reduces some of the variability that can arise due to methodology.

The descriptive anatomy was accurate and precise. I could readily follow exactly where on the cortical surface the authors referring. This is not always the case for descriptive anatomy papers, so I appreciated the efforts the authors took to make the results understandable for a broader audience.

I also greatly appreciate the authors making the images open access through their website.

Weaknesses:

Although I enjoyed many aspects of this manuscript, it is lacking in any quantitative analyses that would provide more insights into what these variations in sulcal anatomy might mean. The authors do discuss inter-clade differences in relation to behaviour and older electrophysiology papers by Welker, Campos, Johnson, and others, but it would be more biologically relevant to try to calculate surface areas or volumes of cortical fields defined by some of these sulci. For example, something like the endocast surface area measurements used by Sakai and colleagues would allow the authors to test for differences among clades, in relation to brain/body size, or behaviour. Quantitative measurements would also aid significantly in supporting some of the potential correlations hinted at in the Discussion.

Although quantitative measurements would be helpful, there are also some significant concerns in relation to the specimens themselves. First, almost all of these are captive individuals. We know that environmental differences can alter neocortical development and humans and nonhuman animals and domestication affects neocortical volume and morphology. Whether captive breeding affects neocortical anatomy might not be known, but it can affect other brain regions and overall brain size and could affect sulcal patterns. Second, despite using similar imaging methods across specimens, fixation varied markedly across specimens. Fixation is unlikely to affect the ability to recognize deep sulci, but variations in shrinkage could nevertheless affect overall brain size and morphology, including the ability to recognize shallow sulci. Third, the sample size = 1 for every species examined. In humans and nonhuman animals, sulcal patterns can vary significantly among individuals. In domestic dogs, it can even vary greatly across breeds. It therefore remains unclear to what extent the pattern observed in one individual can be generalized for a species let alone an entire genus or family. The lack of accounting for inter-individual variability makes it difficult to make any firm conclusions regarding the functional relevance of sulcal patterns.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors address a fundamental question for cell and tissue biology using the skin epidermis as a paradigm and ask how stratifying self-renewing epithelia induce differentiation and upward migration in basal dividing progenitor cells to generate suprabasal barrier-forming cells that are essential for a functional barrier formed by such an epithelium. The authors show for the first time that an increase in intracellular actomyosin contractility, a hallmark of barrier-forming keratinocytes, is sufficient to trigger terminal differentiation. Hence the data provide in vivo evidence of the more general interdependency of cell mechanics and differentiation. The data appear to be of high quality and the evidences are strengthened through a combination of different genetic mouse models, RNA sequencing, and immunofluorescence analysis.

To generate and maintain the multilayered, barrier-forming epidermis, keratinocytes of the basal stem cell layer differentiate and move suprabasally accompanied by stepwise changes not only in gene expression but also in cell morphology, mechanics, and cell position. Whether any of these changes is instructive for differentiation itself and whether consecutive changes in differentiation are required remains unclear. Also, there are few comprehensive data sets on the exact changes in gene expression between different states of keratinocyte differentiation. In this study, through genetic fluorescence labeling of cell states at different developmental time points the authors were able to analyze gene expression of basal stem cells and suprabasal differentiated cells at two different stages of maturation: E14 (embryonic day 14) when the epidermis comprises mostly two functional compartments (basal stem cells and suprabasal so-called intermediate cells) and E16 when the epidermis comprise three (living) compartments where the spinous layer separates basal stem cells from the barrier-forming granular layer, as is the case in adult epidermis. Using RNA bulk sequencing, the authors developed useful new markers for suprabasal stages of differentiation like MafB and Cox1. The transcription factor MafB was then shown to inhibit suprabasal proliferation in a MafB transgenic model.

The data indicate that early in development at E14 the suprabasal intermediate cells resemble in terms of RNA expression, the barrier-forming granular layer at E16, suggesting that keratinocytes can undergo either stepwise (E16) or more direct (E14) terminal differentiation.

Previous studies by several groups found an increased actomyosin contractility in the barrier-forming granular layer and showed that this increase in tension is important for epidermal barrier formation and function. However, it was not clear whether contractility itself serves as an instructive signal for differentiation. To address this question, the authors use a previously published model to induce premature hypercontractility in the spinous layer by using spastin overexpression (K10-Spastin) to disrupt microtubules (MT) thereby indirectly inducing actomyosin contractility. A second model activates myosin contractility more directly through overexpression of a constitutively active RhoA GEF (K10-Arhgef11CA). Both models induce late differentiation of suprabasal keratinocytes regardless of the suprabasal position in either spinous or granular layer indicating that increased contractility is key to induce late differentiation of granular cells. A potential weakness of the K10-spastin model is the disruption of MT as the primary effect which secondarily causes hypercontractility. However, their previous publications provided some evidence that the effect on differentiation is driven by the increase in contractility (Ning et al. cell stem cell 2021). Moreover, the data are confirmed by the second model directly activating myosin through RhoA. These previous publications already indicated a role for contractility in differentiation but were focused on early differentiation. The data in this manuscript focus on the regulation of late differentiation in barrier-forming cells. These important data help to unravel the interdependencies of cell position, mechanical state, and differentiation in the epidermis, suggesting that an increase in cellular contractility in most apical positions within the epidermis can induce terminal differentiation. Importantly the authors show that despite contractility-induced nuclear localization of the mechanoresponsive transcription factor YAP in the barrier-forming granular layer, YAP nuclear localization is not sufficient to drive premature differentiation when forced to the nucleus in the spinous layer.

Overall, this is a well-written manuscript and a comprehensive dataset. Only the RNA sequencing result should be presented more transparently providing the full lists of regulated genes instead of presenting just the GO analysis and selected target genes so that this analysis can serve as a useful repository. The authors themselves have profited from and used published datasets of gene expression of the granular cells. Moreover, some of the previous data should be better discussed though. The authors state that forced suprabasal contractility in their mouse models induces the expression of some genes of the epidermal differentiation complex (EDC). However, in their previous publication, the authors showed that major classical EDC genes are actually not regulated like filaggrin and loricrin (Muroyama and Lechler eLife 2017). This should be discussed better and necessitates including the full list of regulated genes to show what exactly is regulated.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript from Prado-Mantilla and co-workers addresses mechanisms of embryonic epidermis development, focusing on the intermediate layer cells, a transient population of suprabasal cells that contributes to the expansion of the epidermis through proliferation. Using bulk-RNA they show that these cells are transcriptionally distinct from the suprabasal spinous cells and identify specific marker genes for these populations. They then use transgenesis to demonstrate that one of these selected spinous layer-specific markers, the transcription factor MafB is capable of suppressing proliferation in the intermediate layers, providing a potential explanation for the shift of suprabasal cells into a non-proliferative state during development. Further, lineage tracing experiments show that the intermediate cells become granular cells without a spinous layer intermediate. Finally, the authors show that the intermediate layer cells express higher levels of contractility-related genes than spinous layers and overexpression of cytoskeletal regulators accelerates the differentiation of spinous layer cells into granular cells.

Overall the manuscript presents a number of interesting observations on the developmental stage-specific identities of suprabasal cells and their differentiation trajectories and points to a potential role of contractility in promoting differentiation of suprabasal cells into granular cells. The precise mechanisms by which MafB suppresses proliferation, how the intermediate cells bypass the spinous layer stage to differentiate into granular cells, and how contractility feeds into these mechanisms remain open. Interestingly, while the mechanosensitive transcription factor YAP appears deferentially active in the two states, it is shown to be downstream rather than upstream of the observed differences in mechanics.

Strengths:

The authors use a nice combination of RNA sequencing, imaging, lineage tracing, and transgenesis to address the suprabasal to granular layer transition. The imaging is convincing and the biological effects appear robust. The manuscript is clearly written and logical to follow.

Weaknesses:

While the data overall supports the authors' claims, there are a few minor weaknesses that pertain to the aspect of the role of contractility, The choice of spastin overexpression to modulate contractility is not ideal as spastin has multiple roles in regulating microtubule dynamics and membrane transport which could also be potential mechanisms explaining some of the phenotypes. Use of Arghap11 overexpression mitigates this effect to some extent but overall it would have been more convincing to manipulate myosin activity directly. It would also be important to show that these manipulations increase the levels of F-actin and myosin II as shown for the intermediate layer. It would also be logical to address if further increasing contractility in the intermediate layer would enhance the differentiation of these cells.

The gene expression analyses are relatively superficial and rely heavily on GO term analyses which are of course informative but do not give the reader a good sense of what kind of genes and transcriptional programs are regulated. It would be useful to show volcano plots or heatmaps of actual gene expression changes as well as to perform additional analyses of for example gene set enrichment and/or transcription factor enrichment analyses to better describe the transcriptional programs

Claims of changes in cell division/proliferation changes are made exclusively by quantifying EdU incorporation. It would be useful to more directly look at mitosis. At minimum Y-axis labels should be changed from "% Dividing cells" to % EdU+ cells to more accurately represent findings

Despite these minor weaknesses the manuscript is overall of high quality, sheds new light on the fundamental mechanisms of epidermal stratification during embryogenesis, and will likely be of interest to the skin research community.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This is an interesting paper by Lechler and colleagues describing the transcriptomic signature and fate of intermediate cells (ICs), a transient and poorly defined embryonic cell type in the skin. ICs are the first suprabasal cells in the stratifying skin and unlike later-developing suprabasal cells, ICs continue to divide. Using bulk RNA seq to compare ICs to spinous and granular transcriptomes, the authors find that IC-specific gene signatures include hallmarks of granular cells, such as genes involved in lipid metabolism and skin barrier function that are not expressed in spinous cells. ICs were assumed to differentiate into spinous cells, but lineage tracing convincingly shows ICs differentiate directly into granular cells without passing through a spinous intermediate. Rather, basal cells give rise to the first spinous cells. They further show that transcripts associated with contractility are also shared signatures of ICs and granular cells, and overexpression of two contractility inducers (Spastin and ArhGEF-CA) can induce granular and repress spinous gene expression. This contractility-induced granular gene expression does not appear to be mediated by the mechanosensitive transcription factor, Yap. The paper also identifies new markers that distinguish IC and spinous layers and shows the spinous signature gene, MafB, is sufficient to repress proliferation when prematurely expressed in ICs.

Strengths:

Overall this is a well-executed study, and the data are clearly presented and the findings convincing. It provides an important contribution to the skin field by characterizing the features and fate of ICs, a much-understudied cell type, at high levels of spatial and transcriptomic detail. The conclusions challenge the assumption that ICs are spinous precursors through compelling lineage tracing data. The demonstration that differentiation can be induced by cell contractility is an intriguing finding and adds a growing list of examples where cell mechanics influence gene expression and differentiation.

Weaknesses:

A weakness of the study is an over-reliance on overexpression and sufficiency experiments to test the contributions of MafB, Yap, and contractility in differentiation. The inclusion of loss-of-function approaches would enable one to determine if, for example, contractility is required for the transition of ICs to granular fate, and whether MafB is required for spinous fate. Second, whether the induction of contractility-associated genes is accompanied by measurable changes in the physical properties or mechanics of the IC and granular layers is not directly shown. The inclusion of physical measurements would bolster the conclusion that mechanics lies upstream of differentiation.

Finally, whether the expression of granular-associated genes in ICs provides them with some sort of barrier function in the embryo is not addressed, so the role of ICs in epidermal development remains unclear. Although not essential to support the conclusions of this study, insights into the function of this transient cell layer would strengthen the overall impact.

Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

This paper aims to address the establishment and maintenance of neural circuitry in the case of a massive loss of neurons. The authors used genetic manipulations to ablate the principal projection neurons, the mitral/tufted cells, in the mouse olfactory bulb. Using diphtheria toxin (Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-DTA line) the authors ablated progressively large numbers of M/T cells postnatally. By injecting diphtheria toxin (DT) into the Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-iDTR line, the authors were able to control the timing of the ablation in the adult stage. Both methods led to the successful elimination of a majority of M/TCs by 4 months of age. The authors made a few interesting observations. First, they found that the initial pruning of the remaining M/T cell primary dendrite was unaffected. However, in adulthood, a significant portion of these cells extended primary dendrites to innervate multiple glomeruli. Moreover, the incoming olfactory sensory neuron (OSN) axons, as examined for those expressing the M72 receptor, showed a divergent innervation pattern as well. The authors conclude that M/T cell density is required to maintain the dendritic structures and the olfactory map. To address the functional consequences of eliminating a large portion of principal neurons, the authors conducted a series of behavioral assays. They found that learned odor discrimination was largely intact. On the other hand, mating and aggression were reduced. The authors concluded that learned behaviors are more resilient than innate ones.

The study is technically sound, and the results are clear-cut. The most striking result is the contrast between the normal dendritic pruning during early development and the expanded dendritic innervation in adulthood. It is a novel discovery that can lead to further investigation of how the single-glomerulus dendritic innervation is maintained. The authors conducted a few experiments to address potential mechanisms, but it is inconclusive, as detailed below. It is also interesting to see that the massive neuronal loss did not severely impact learned odor discrimination. This result, together with previous studies showing nearly normal odor discrimination in the absence of large portions of the olfactory bulb or scrambled innervation patterns, attests to the redundancy and robustness of the sensory system.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

The authors make the interesting observation that the developmental refinement of apical M/T cell dendrites into individual glomeruli proceeds normally even when the majority of neighboring M/T cells are ablated. At later stages, the remaining neurons develop additional dendrites that invade multiple glomeruli ectopically and, similarly, OSN inputs to glomeruli lose projection specificity as well. The authors conclude that the normal density of M/T neurons is not required for developmental refinement, but rather for maintaining specific connectivity in adults.

Comments on revised submission:

The authors have adjusted the interpretation of their findings and as a consequence, the conclusions are now better supported by the data. However, the evidence for the absence of a role of firing in regulating ectopic dendrites is still insufficient.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In their manuscript, authors Isotani et al used in vivo and ex vivo models to show that nicotine could promote stemness and tumorigenicity in murine model. The authors further provided data supporting that the effects of nicotine on stem cell proliferation and tumor initiation were mediated by the Hippo-YAP/TAZ and Notch signal pathway.

Strengths and weaknesses:

The major strength of this study is the using a set of tools, including Lgr5 reporter mice (Lgr5-EGFP-IRES-CreERT2 mice), stem cell-specific Apc knockout mice (Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mice), organoids derived from these mice and chemical compounds (agonists and antagonists) to demonstrate nicotine affects stem cells rather than Paneth cells, leading to increased intestinal stemness and tumorigenicity. Whereas, all models are restricted to mice, lacking analysis of human samples or human intestinal organoids to prove the human relevant of these findings. Although the revised manuscript has significantly improved in the quality of pictures, there seems to be still a discrepancy in Figure 2A: quantification result suggested that NIC (1um) treatment increased the number of colonies from 300 to around 450 (1.5 folds), whereas representative picture shown that the difference was 3 to 12 living organoids (4 folds).

Overall, the presented results could support their conclusions. A previous study reported that nicotine acts through the α2β4 nAChR to enhance Wnt production by Paneth cells, which subsequently affects ISCs. In contrast, this manuscript demonstrated that nicotine directly promotes ISCs through α7-nAChR, independent of Paneth cells. Therefore, this manuscript offers novel insights into the mechanism of nicotine's effects on the mouse intestine.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The manuscript by Isotani et al characterizes the hyperproliferation of intestinal stem cells (ISCs) induced by nicotine treatment in vivo. Employing a range of small molecule inhibitors, the authors systematically investigated potential receptors and downstream pathways associated with nicotine-induced phenotypes through in vitro organoid experiments. Notably, the study specifically highlights a signaling cascade involving α7-nAChR/PKC/YAP/TAZ/Notch as a key driver of nicotine-induced stem cell hyperproliferation. Utilizing a Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mouse model, the authors extend their findings to propose a potential role of nicotine in stem cell tumorgenesis. The study posits that Notch signaling is essential during this process.

Strengths and Weaknesses:

One noteworthy research highlight in this study is the indication, as shown in Figure 2 and S2, that the trophic effect of nicotine on ISC expansion is independent of Paneth cells. In the Discussion section, the authors propose that this independence may be attributed to distinct expression patterns of nAChRs in different cell types. To further substantiate these findings, the authors provided qPCR analysis of nAchRs in ISCs and Paneth cells from isolated whole small intestine, indicating that α7-nAChR uniquely responds to nicotine treatment among various nAChRs. And the authors further strengthen the clinical relevance of the study by exploring human scRNA-seq dataset, in which α7-nAChR is indeed also expressed in human ISCs and Paneth cells.

As shown in the same result section, the effect of nicotine on ISC organoid formation appears to be independent of CHIR99021, a Wnt activator. In the Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mouse model, it is known that APC loss results in a constitutive stabilization of β-catenin, thus the hyperproliferation of ISCs by nicotine treatment in this mouse model is likely beyond Wnt activation. The authors have included such discussion.

In Figure 4, the authors investigate ISC organoid formation with a pan-PKC inhibitor, revealing that PKC inhibition blocks nicotine-induced ISC expansion. It's noteworthy that PKC inhibitors have historically been used successfully to isolate and maintain stem cells by promoting self-renewal. Therefore, it is surprising to observe no or reversal effect on ISCs in this context. The authors have now included an additional PKC inhibitor Sotrastaurin to confirm the role of PKC in nicotine-induced ISC expansion.

Overall, the manuscript has provided sufficient experimental evidence to address my concerns and also significantly enhanced its quality.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Petty and Bruno investigate how response characteristics in the higher-order thalamic nuclei POm (typically somatosensory) and LP (typically visual) change when a stimulus (whisker air puff or visual drifting grating) of one or the other modality is conditioned to a reward. Using a two-step training procedure, they developed an elegant paradigm, where the distractor stimulus is completely uninformative about the reward, which is reflected in licking behavior of trained mice. While the animals seem to take on to the tactile stimulus more readily, they can also associate reward with the visual stimulus, ignoring tactile stimuli. In trained mice, the authors recorded single unit responses in both POm and LP while presenting the same stimuli. The authors first focused on POm recordings, finding that in animals with tactile conditioning POm units specifically responded to the air puff stimulus but not the visual grating. Unexpectedly, in visually conditioned animals, POm units also responded to the visual grating, suggesting that the responses are not modality-specific but more related to behavioral relevance. These effects seem not not be homogeneously distributed across POm, whereas lateral units maintain tactile specificity and medial units respond more flexibly. The authors further ask if the unexpected cross-modal responses might result from behavioral activity signatures. By regressing behavior-coupled activity out of the responses, they show that late activity indeed can be related to whisking, licking and pupil size measures. However, cross-modal short latency responses are not clearly related to animal behavior. Finally, LP neurons also seem to change their modality-specificity dependent on conditioning, whereas tactile responses are attenuated in LP if the animal is conditioned to visual stimuli.

The authors make a compelling case that POm neurons are less modality specific than typically assumed. The training paradigm, employed methods and analyses are to the point, well supporting the conclusions. The findings importantly widen our understanding of higher-order thalamus processing features with flexibility to encode multiple modalities and behavioral relevance. The results raise many important questions on the brain-wide representation of conditioned stimuli. E.g. how specific are the responses to the conditioned stimuli? Are thalamic cross-modal neurons recruited for the specific conditioned stimulus or do their responses reflect a more global shift of attention from one modality to another? Are these cross-modal responses tracking global arousal/attention features, or actually encoding a different stimulus?

The authors clarified a number of points in the updated version of the manuscript and expanded analyses and methods descriptions, which substantially improved the paper. The different time periods around the stimuli are more clearly assigned now and make the conclusions stronger.

Especially the discussion is now well rounded and addresses the major points.

To ask if the cross-modal activity is in some way functional for task performance I would like to see if (population) activity in the classical vs. cross-modal nucleus is predictive of lick latency or frequency on a trial-to-trial basis.

I accept that the authors cannot differentiate between bottom-up "raw" sensory responses and top-down context/attention/etc signals and thus support the decision to restrict the analyses to either the likely sensory early part following stimulus onset or the (as shown here mostly movement-driven) offset period after cessation of the stimulus. However, the composite responses over different stimuli and conditioning types seem triphasic to me. I find the "ongoing" activity differences (~100-2000 ms) depending on conditioning type quite interesting and would welcome a more specific discussion on the different response periods.

Overall a very elegant and well-presented study.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

This manuscript by Petty and Bruno delves into the still poorly understood role of higher-order thalamic nuclei in the encoding of sensory information by examining the activity in the Pom and LP cells in mice performing an associative learning task. They developed an elegant paradigm in which they conditioned head-fixed mice to attend to a stimulus of one sensory modality (visual or tactile) and ignore a second stimulus of the other modality. They recorded simultaneously from POm and LP, using 64-channels electrode arrays, to reveal the context-dependency of the firing activity of cells in higher-order thalamic nuclei. They concluded that behavioral training reshapes activity in these secondary thalamic nuclei. The authors brought new analyses and figures which greatly improve their manuscript and support their conclusion. The manuscript benefits now from a better communication about both the methodology and the results. I have no more major concerns, but I feel that the readability of the manuscript could be improved with the following revisions.

Strengths

The authors developed an original and elegant paradigm in which they conditioned head-fixed mice to attend to a stimulus of one sensory modality, either visual or tactile and ignore a second stimulus of the other modality. As a tactile stimulus, they applied gentle air puffs on the distal part of the vibrissae, ensuring that the stimulus was innocuous and therefore none aversive which is crucial in their study.

It is commonly viewed that first-order thalamus performs filtering and re-encoding of the sensory flow; in contrast the computations taking place in high-order nuclei are poorly understood. They may contribute to cognitive functions. By integrating top-down control, high-order nuclei may participate in generating update models of the environment based on sensory activity; how this can take place is a key question that Petty and Bruno addressed in the present study.

Weaknesses

(1) It's difficult when reading the text to understand which results were quantified and which were not, in part because mean data as well as (s.e.m. or S.D.) do not appear either in the main text nor in the legends of the figures. Only vague and unquantified data are given in the main text. I understand that the authors may want to make the main text less heavy, but having these data fully written somewhere (i.e., main text, summary table, figure legends) rather than having to estimate through looking at a graph (especially when the data are constraint in the first 20% of the graph (Figure 4c)), would greatly improve the text's clarity and precision.

For instance, Line #173, "At the population level, POm cells in both conditioning groups had a peak of activity 40ms after air puff onset (Figure 4a)." Is this 40 ms a result of quantified data, then a s.e.m. would be informative, or a reading measurement on the Figure 4a graphs? As it stands, it is too vague a value.

(2) The authors give clearer definition of what they analyzed, which greatly improved the readability of the manuscript. The clarity of the manuscript could still be improved by solving remaining ambiguities about sensory- versus non-sensory-responses to the applied stimuli throughout the manuscript, in order to better convey the authors' conclusion that behavioral training reshapes activity in these secondary thalamic nuclei which then may participate in generating update models of the context in which the animal is performing the task.

Line #24 in the abstract "In mice trained to respond to tactile stimuli and ignore visual stimuli, POm was robustly activated by touch and largely unresponsive to visual stimuli". The abstract would better reflect the manuscript conclusions indicating that POm was robustly activated during tactile stimuli.

(3) The new analysis of the "early" responses in Pom cells pointed out, Line #173, that "At the population level, POm cells in both conditioning groups had a peak of activity 40ms after air puff onset (Figure 4a)." Previous works cited by the authors, Diamond et al. (1992), described tactile responses in Pom cells at 15-20ms latency which were suppressed by the barrel cortex inactivation.

The 40ms-latency responses described in this manuscript therefore do not fit with "purely sensory" and barely with S1-feedbacks, as proposed on line #168 "Such responses could be "purely sensory" (i.e. driven by ascending brainstem inputs)" or line #334 "It is likely that the observed activity in lateral dorsal POm is driven by true whisker responses in SpVi and S1."

In the same way, Line #315 "we observed POm cells that responded to the onset of the air puff in both conditioning groups". This conclusion should be dampened, to better fit the results, by "we observed POm cells that responded 40 ms after the onset of the air puff in both conditioning groups."

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Petty and Bruno ask whether activity in secondary thalamic nuclei depends on the behavioral relevance of stimulus modality. They recorded from POm and LP, but the weight of the paper is skewed toward POm. They use two cohorts of mice (N=11 and 12), recorded in both nuclei using multi-electrode arrays, while being trained to lick to either a tactile stimulus (air puff against whiskers, first cohort) or a visual stimulus (drifting grating, second cohort), and ignore the respective other. They find that both nuclei, while primarily responsive to their 'home' modality, are more responsive to the relevant modality (i.e. the modality predicting reward).

Strengths:

The paper asks an important question, it is timely and is very well executed. The behavioral method using a delayed lick index (excluding impulsive responses) is well worked out. Electrophysiology methods are state-of-the-art with information about spike quality in Fig. S1. The main result is novel and important, convincingly conveying the point that encoding of secondary thalamic nuclei is flexible and clearly includes aspects of the behavioral relevance of a stimulus. The paper explores the mapping of responses within POm, pointing to a complex functional structure, something that has been reported/suggested in earlier studies.

Weaknesses:

Coding: It does not become clear to which aspect of the task POm/LP are responding. There is a motor-related response (whisking, licking, pupil), which, however, after regressing it out leaves a remaining response that the authors speculate could be sensory.

Learning: The paper talks a lot about 'learning', although it is only indirectly addressed. The authors use two differently (over-)trained mice cohorts rather than studying e.g. a rule switch in one and the same mouse, which would allow to directly assess whether it is the same neurons that undergo rule-dependent encoding

Mapping: The authors present electrode tracks with marked selectivity indices of recordings in POm and LP. This is a great start, but to finally understand the functional composition of POm and LP, a more detailed and systematic mapping effort is needed in the future.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

In this manuscript, the authors provide a method aiming to accurately reflect the individual deviation of longitudinal/temporal change compared to the normal temporal change characterized based on pre-trained population normative model (i.e., a Bayesian linear regression normative model), which was built based on cross-sectional data. This manuscript aims at solving a recently identified problem of using normative models based on cross-sectional data to make inferences about longitudinal change.

Strengths:

The efforts of this work make a good contribution to addressing an important question of normative modeling. With the greater availability of cross-sectional studies for normative modeling than longitudinal studies, and the inappropriateness of making inferences about longitudinal subject-specific changes using these cross-sectional data-based normative models, it's meaningful to try to address this gap from the aspect of methodological development.

In the 1st revision, the authors added a simulation study to show how the performance of the classification based on z-diff scores relatively changes with different disruptions (and autocorrelation). Unfortunately, in my view this is insufficient as it only shows how the performance of using z-diff score relatively changes in different scenarios. I would suggest adding the comparison of performance to using the naïve difference in two simple z-scores to first show its better performance, which should also further highlight the inappropriate use of simple z-scores in inferring within-subject longitudinal changes. Additionally, Figure 1 is hard to read and obtain the actual values of the performance measure. I would suggest reducing it to several 2-dimensional figures. For example, for several fixed values of rho, how the performance changes with different values of the true disruption (and also adding the comparison to the naïve method (difference in two z-scores)).

I would also suggest changing the title to reflect that the evaluation of "intra-subject" longitudinal change is the method's focus.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The study by Chikermane and colleagues investigates functional, structural, and dopaminergic network substrate of cortical beta oscillations (13-30 Hz). The major strength of the work lies in the methodology taken by the authors, namely a multimodal lesion network mapping. First, using invasive electrophysiological recordings from healthy cortical territories of epileptic patients they identify regions with highest beta power. Next, they leverage open access MRI data and PET atlases and use the identified high-beta regions as seeds to find (1) the whole-brain functional and structural maps of regions that form the putative underlying network of high-beta regions and (2) the spatial distribution of dopaminergic receptors that show correlation with nodal connectivity of the identified networks. These steps are achieved by generating aggregate functional, structural, and dopaminergic network maps using lead-DBS toolbox, and by contrasting the results with those obtained from high-alpha regions. The main findings are:

(1) Beta power is strongest across frontal, cingulate, and insular regions in invasive electrophysiological data, and these regions map onto a shared functional and structural network.<br /> (2) The shared functional and structural networks show significant positive correlations with dopamine receptors across cortex and basal ganglia (which is not the case for alpha, where correlations are found with GABA).

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This is a very interesting paper that leveraged several publicly available datasets: invasive cortical recording in epilepsy patients, functional and structural connectomic data, and PET data related to dopaminergic and gaba-ergic synapses. These were combined to create a unified hypothesis of beta band oscillatory activity in the human brain. They show that beta frequency activity is ubiquitous, and does not just occur in sensorimotor areas. Cortical regions where beta oscillations predominated had high connectivity to regions that are high in dopamine re-update.

Strengths:

The authors leverage and integrate three publicly available human brain datasets in a creative way. These public datasets are powerful tools for human neuroscience, and it is innovative to combine these three types of data into a common brain space to generate novel findings and hypotheses. Findings are nicely controlled by separately examining cortical regions where alpha predominates (which have a different connectivity pattern). GABA uptake from PET studies is used as a control for the specificity of the relationship between beta activity and dopamine uptake. There is much interest in synchronized oscillatory activity as a mechanism of brain function and dysfunction, but the field is short on unifying hypotheses of why particular rhythms predominate in particular regions. This paper contributes nicely to that gap. It is ambitious in generating hypotheses, particularly that modulation of beta activity may be used as a "proxy" for modulating phasic dopamine release.

Weaknesses:

As the authors point out, the use of normative data is excellent for exploring hypotheses but does not address or explore individual variations which could lead to other insights. It is also biased to resting state activity; maps of task related activity (if they were available) might show different findings.

Challenges:

In the Discussion, the authors do a fairly deep dive into the implications of their findings, particularly with respect to the hypothesis that beta band activity "preserves the status quo", and with respect to the use of beta band activity in controlling brain-machine interfaces. Mechanistically and theoretically oriented readers might gain rewarding new insights by a careful read of the discussion, but full appreciation of their deep dive may require real time interaction with the authors.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

In this paper, Chikermane et al. leverage a large open dataset of intracranial recordings (sEEG or ECoG) to analyze resting state (eyes closed) oscillatory activity from a variety of human brain areas. The authors identify a dominant proportion of channels in which beta band activity (12-30Hz) is most prominent, and subsequently seek to relate this to anatomical connectivity data by using the sEEG/ECoG electrodes as seeds in a large set of MRI data from the human connectome project. This reveals separate regions and white matter tracts for alpha (primarily occipital) and beta (prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia) oscillations. Finally, using a third available dataset of PET imaging, the authors relate the parcellated signals to dopamine signaling as estimated by spatial uptake patterns of dopamine, and reveal a significant correlation between the functional connectivity maps and the dopamine reuptake maps, suggesting a functional relationship between the two.

Strengths:

Overall, I found the paper well justified, focused on an important topic and interesting. The authors' use of 3 different open datasets was creative and informative, and it significantly adds to our understanding of different oscillatory networks in the human brain, and their more elusive relation with neuromodulator signaling networks by adding to our knowledge of the association between beta oscillations and dopamine signaling. Even my main comments about the lack of a theta network analysis and discussion points are relatively minor, and I believe this paper is valuable and informative.

Weaknesses:

The analyses were adequate, and the authors cleverly leverage these different datasets to build an interesting story. The main aspect I found missing (in addition to some discussion items, see below) was an examination of the theta network. Theta oscillations have been involved in a number of cognitive processes including spatial navigation and memory, and have been proposed to have different potential originating brain regions, and it would be informative to see how their anatomical networks (e.g. as in Fig. 2) look like under the author's analyses.

The authors devote a significant portion of the discussion to relating their findings to a popular hypothesis for the function of beta oscillations, the maintenance of the "status quo", mostly in the context of motor control. As the authors acknowledge, given the static nature of the data and lack of behavior, this interpretation remains largely speculative and I found it a bit too far-reaching given the data shown in the paper. In contrast, I missed a more detailed discussion on the growing literature indicating a role for beta in mood (e.g. in Kirkby et al. 2018), especially given the apparent lack of hippocampal and amygdala involvement in the paper, which was surprising.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Freas et al. investigated if the exceedingly dim polarization pattern produced by the moon can be used by animal to guide a genuine navigational task. The sun and moon are celestial beacons for directional information, but they can be obscured by clouds, canopy, or the horizon. However, even when hidden from view, these celestial bodies provide directional information through the polarized light patterns in the sky. While the sun's polarization pattern is famously used by many animals for compass orientation, until now it has never been shown that the extremely dim polarization pattern of the moon can be used for navigation. To test this, Freas et al. studied nocturnal bull ants, by placing a linear polarizer in the homing path on a freely navigating ant 45 degrees shifted to the moon's natural polarization pattern. They recorded the homing direction of an ant before entering the polarizer, under the polarizer, and again after leaving the area covered by the polarizer. The results very clearly show, that ants walking under the linear polarizer change their homing direction by about 45 degrees in comparison to the homing direction under the natural polarization pattern and change it back after leaving the area covered by the polarizer again. These results can be repeated throughout the lunar month, showing that bull ants can use the moon's polarization pattern even under crescent moon conditions. Finally, the authors show, that the degree in which the ants change their homing direction is dependent on the length of their home vector, just as it is for the solar polarization pattern.

The behavioral experiments are very well designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented. The authors' conclusions are nicely supported by the data and clearly show nocturnal bull ants use the dim polarization pattern of the moon for homing, in the same way many animals use the sun's polarization pattern during the day. This is the first proof of the use of the lunar polarization pattern in any animal.

Comments on revised version:

The authors have addressed all of my previous comments and suggestions. I am happy with the way the manuscript has improved and have no further comments.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors aimed to understand whether polarised moonlight could be used as a directional cue for nocturnal animals homing at night, particularly at times of night when polarised light is not available from the sun. To do this, the authors used nocturnal ants, and previously established methods, to show that the walking paths of ants can be altered predictably when the angle of polarised moonlight illuminating them from above is turned by a known angle (here +/- 45 degrees).

Strengths:

The behavioural data are very clear and unambiguous. The results clearly show that when the angle of downwelling polarised moonlight is turned, ants turn in the same direction. The data also clearly show that this result is maintained even for different phases (and intensities) of the moon, although during the waning cycle of the moon the ants' turn is considerably less than may be expected.

Impact:

The authors have discovered that nocturnal bull ants, while homing back to their nest holes at night, are able to use the dim polarised light pattern formed around the moon for path integration. Even though similar methods have previously shown the ability of dung beetles to orient along straight trajectories for short distances using polarised moonlight, this the first evidence of an animal that uses polarised moonlight in homing. This is quite significant, and their findings are well supported by their data.

Comments on revised version:

The authors have made a good effort to accommodate my suggestions for improvement (and from what I can tell, those of the other reviewers). I have no further comments.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript presents a series of experiments aimed at investigating orientation to polarized lunar skylight in a nocturnal ant, the first report of its kind that I am aware of.

Strengths:

The study was conducted carefully and is clearly explained here.

Comments on revised version:

The manuscript is much improved and will make an excellent contribution to the field.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Fiber photometry has become a very popular tool in recording neuronal activity in freely behaving animals. Despite the number of papers published with the method, as the authors rightly note, there are currently no standardized ways to analyze the data produced. Moreover, most of the data analyses confine to simple measurements of averaged activity and by doing so, erase valuable information encoded in the data. The authors offer an approach based on functional linear mixed modeling, where beyond changes in overall activity various functions of the data can also be analyzed. More in depth analysis, more variables taken into account, better statistical power all lead to higher quality science.

Strengths:

The framework the authors present is solid and well explained. By reanalyzing formerly published data, the authors also further increase the significance of the proposed tool opening new avenues for reinterpreting already collected data. They also made a convincing case showing that the proposed algorithm works on data with different preprocessing backgrounds.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This work describes a statistical framework that combines functional linear mixed modeling with joint 95% confidence intervals, which improves statistical power and provides less conservative and more robust statistical inferences than in previous studies. Pointwise linear regression analysis has been used extensively to analyze time series signals from a wide range of neuroscience recording techniques, with recent studies applying them to photometry data. The novelty of this study lies in 1) the introduction of joint 95% confidence intervals for statistical testing of functional mixed models with nested random-effects, and 2) providing an open-source R package implementing this framework. This study also highlights how summary statistics as opposed to trial-by-trial analysis can obscure or even change the direction of statistical results by reanalyzing two other studies.

Strengths:

The open-source package in R using a similar syntax as lme4 package for the implementation of this framework, the high fitting speed and the low memory footprint, even in complex models, enhance the accessibility and usage by other researchers.

The reanalysis of two studies using summary statistics on photometry data (Jeong et al., 2022; Coddington et al., 2023) highlights how trial-by-trial analysis at each time-point on the trial can reveal information obscured by averaging across trials. Furthermore, this work also exemplifies how session and subject variability can lead to different conclusions when not considered.

This study also showcases the statistical robustness of FLMM by comparing this method to fitting pointwise linear mixed models and performing t-test and Benjamini-Hochberg correction as performed by Lee et al. (2019).

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Loewinger et al. extend a previously described framework (Cui et al., 2021) to provide new methods for statistical analysis of fiber photometry data. The methodology combines functional regression with linear mixed models, allowing inference on complex study designs that are common in photometry studies. To demonstrate its utility, they reanalyze datasets from two recent fiber photometry studies into mesolimbic dopamine. Then, through simulation, they demonstrate the superiority of their approach compared to other common methods.

Strengths:

The statistical framework described provides a powerful way to analyze photometry data and potentially other similar signals. The provided package makes this methodology easy to implement and the extensively worked examples of reanalysis provide a useful guide to others on how to correctly specify models.

Modeling the entire trial (function regression) removes the need to choose appropriate summary statistics, removing the opportunity to introduce bias, for example in searching for optimal windows in which to calculate the AUC. This is demonstrated in the re-analysis of Jeong et al., 2022, in which the AUC measures presented masked important details about how the photometry signal was changing. There is an appropriate level of discussion of the interpretation of the reanalyzed data that highlights the pitfalls of other methods and the usefulness of their methods.

The authors' use of linear mixed methods, allows for the estimation of random effects, which are an important consideration given the repeated-measures design of most photometry studies.

The authors provide a useful guide for how to practically use and implement their methods in an easy-to-use package. These methods should have wide applicability to those who use photometry or similar methods. The development of this excellent open-source software is a great service to the wider neuroscience community.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The study investigates Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) using the TCGA database, finding that these recurring point mutations could greatly enhance our understanding of cancer genomics and improve personalized treatment strategies. Despite identifying 50-150 CDNs per cancer type, the research reveals that a significant number remain undiscovered, limiting current therapeutic applications, underscoring the need for further larger-scale research.

Strengths:

The study provides a detailed examination of cancer-driving mutations at the nucleotide level, offering a more precise understanding than traditional gene-level analyses. The authors found a significant number of CDNs remain undiscovered, with only 0-2 identified per patient out of an expected 5-8, indicating that many important mutations are still missing. The study indicated that identifying more CDNs could potentially significantly impact the development of personalized cancer therapies, improving patient outcomes.

Weaknesses:

The challenges in direct functional testing of CDNs due to the complexity of tumor evolution and unknown mutation combinations limit the practical applicability of the findings.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The study proposes that many cancer driver mutations are not yet identified but could be identified if they harbor recurrent SNVs. The paper leverages the analysis from Paper #1 that used quantitative analysis to demonstrate that SNVs or CDNs seen 3 or more times are more likely due to selection (ie a driver mutation) than by chance or random mutation.

Strengths:

Empirically, mutation frequency is an excellent marker of a driver gene because canonical driver mutations typically have recurrent SNVs. Using the TCGA database, the paper illustrates that CDNs can identify canonical driver mutations (Fig 3) and that most CDN are likely to disrupt protein function (Fig 2). In addition, CDNs can be shared between cancer types (Fig 4).

Weaknesses:

Driver alteration validation is difficult, with disagreements on what defines a driver mutation, and how many driver mutations are present in a cancer. The value proposed by the authors is that the identification of all driver genes can facilitate the design of patient specific targeting therapies, but most targeted therapies are already directed towards known driver genes. There is an incomplete discussion of oncogenes (where activating mutations tend to target a single amino acid or repeat) and tumor suppressor genes (where inactivating mutations may be more spread across the gene). Other alterations (epigenetic, indels, translocations, CNVs) would be missed by this type of analysis.

The method could be more valuable when applied to the noncoding genome, where driver mutations in promoters or enhancers are relatively rare, or as yet to be discovered. Increasingly more cancers have had whole genome sequencing. Compared to WES, criteria for driver mutations in noncoding regions are less clear, and this method could potentially provide new noncoding driver CDNs. Observing the same mutation in more than one cancer specimen is empirically unusual, and the authors provide a solid quantitative analysis that indicates many recurrent mutations are likely to be cancer-driver mutations.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The authors developed a rigorous methodology for identifying all Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) by leveraging the concept of massively repeated evolution in cancer. By focusing on mutations that recur frequently in pan-cancer, they aimed to differentiate between true driver mutations and neutral mutations, ultimately enhancing the understanding of the mutational landscape that drives tumorigenesis. Their goal was to call a comprehensive catalogue of CDNs to inform more effective targeted therapies and address issues such as drug resistance.

Strengths

(1) The authors introduced a concept of using massively repeated evolution to identify CDNs. This approach recognizes that advantageous mutations recur frequently (at least 3 times) across cancer patients, providing a lens to identify true cancer drivers.

(2) The theory showed the feasibility of identifying almost all CDNs if the number of sequenced patients increases to 100,000 for each cancer type.

Weaknesses

(1) No novel true driver mutations were identified in this study.

(2) Different cancer types have unique mutational landscapes. The methodology, while robust, might face challenges in uniformly identifying CDNs across various cancers with distinct genetic and epigenetic contexts.

(3) The statement "In other words, the sequences surrounding the high-recurrence sites appear rather random.". Since it was a pan-cancer analysis, the unique patterns of each cancer type could be strongly diluted in the pan-cancer data.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors propose that cancer driver mutations can be identified by Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs). CDNs are defined as SNVs that occur frequently in genes. There are many ways to define cancer driver mutations, and strengths and weaknesses are the reliance of statistics to define them.

Strengths:

There are many well-known approaches and studies that have already identified many canonical driver mutations. A potential strength is that mutation frequencies may be able to identify, as yet, unrecognized driver mutations. They use of a previously developed method to estimate mutation hotspots across the genome (Dig, Sherman et al 2022). This publication has already used cancer sequence data to infer driver mutations based on higher than expected mutation frequencies. The advance here is to further illustrate that recurrent mutations (estimated at 3 or more mutations (CDNs) at the same base) are more likely to be the result of selection for a driver mutation (Fig 3). Further analysis indicates that mutation sequence context (Fig 4) or mutation mechanisms (Fig 5) are unlikely to be major causes for recurrent point mutations. Finally, they calculate (Fig 6) that most driver mutations identifiable by the CDN approach could be identified with about 100,000 to one million tumor coding genomes.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript does provide specific examples where recurrent mutations identify known driver mutations, but does not identify "new" candidate driver mutations. Driver mutation validation is difficult and at least clinically, frequency (ie observed in multiple other cancer samples) is indeed commonly used to judge if a SNV has driver potential. The method would miss alternative ways to trigger driver alterations (translocations, indels, epigenetic, CNVs). Nevertheless, the value of the manuscript is its quantitative analysis of why mutation frequencies can identify cancer driver mutations.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

The authors proposed a framework to estimate the posterior distribution of parameters in biophysical models. The framework has two modules: the first MLP module is used to reduce data dimensionality and the second NPE module is used to approximate the desired posterior distribution. The results show that the MLP module can capture additional information compared to manually defined summary statistics. By using the NPE module, the repetitive evaluation of the forward model is avoided, thus making the framework computationally efficient. The results show the framework has promise in identifying degeneracy. This is an interesting work.

Comment on revised version:

The authors have addressed all the raised concerns and made appropriate modifications to the manuscript. The changes have improved the clarity, methodology, and overall quality of the paper. Given these improvements, I believe the paper now meets the standards for publication in this journal.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors improve the work of Jallais et al. (2022) by including a novel module capable of automatically learning feature selection from different acquisition protocols inside a supervised learning framework. Combining the module above with an estimation framework for estimating the posterior distribution of model parameters, they obtain rich probabilistic information (uncertainty and degeneracy) on the parameters in a reasonable computation time.

The main contributions of the work are:

(1) The whole framework allows the user to avoid manually defining summary statistics, which may be slow and tedious and affect the quality of the results.

(2) The authors tested the proposal by tackling three different biophysical models for brain tissue and using data with characteristics commonly used by the diffusion-MR-microstructure research community.

(3) The authors validated their method well with the state-of-the-art.

(4) The methodology allows the quantification of the inherent model's degeneration and how it increases with strong noise.

The authors showed the utility of their proposal by computing complex parameter descriptors automatically in an achievable time for three different and relevant biophysical models.

Importantly, this proposal promotes tackling, analyzing, and considering the degenerated nature of the most used models in brain microstructure estimation.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

Tubert C. et al. investigated the role of dopamine D5 receptors (D5R) and their downstream potassium channel, Kv1, in the striatal cholinergic neuron pause response induced by thalamic excitatory input. Using slice electrophysiological analysis combined with pharmacological approaches, the authors tested which receptors and channels contribute to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in both control and dyskinetic mice (in the L-DOPA off state). They found that activation of Kv1 was necessary for the pause response, while activation of D5R blocked the pause response in control mice. Furthermore, in the L-DOPA off-state of dyskinetic mice, the absence of the pause response was restored by the application of clozapine. The authors claimed that (1) the D5R-Kv1 pathway contributes to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in a phasic dopamine concentration-dependent manner, and (2) clozapine inhibits D5R in the L-DOPA off state, which restores the pause response.

Strengths:

The electrophysiological and pharmacological approaches used in this study are powerful tools for testing channel properties and functions. The authors' group has well-established these methodologies and analysis pipelines. Indeed, the data presented were robust and reliable.

Weaknesses:

Although the paper has strengths in its methodological approaches, there is a significant gap between the presented data and the authors' claims.

There was no direct demonstration that the D5R-Kv1 pathway is dominant when dopamine levels are high. The term 'high' is ambiguous, and it raises the question of whether the authors believe that dopamine levels do not reach the threshold required to activate D5R under physiological conditions.

Furthermore, the data presented in Figure 6 are confusing. If clozapine inhibits active D5R and restores the pause response, the D5R antagonist SCH23390 should have the same effect. The data suggest that clozapine-induced restoration of the pause response might be mediated by other receptors, rather than D5R alone.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

This manuscript by Tubert et al presents the role of the D5 receptor in modulating the striatal cholinergic interneuron (CIN) pause response through D5R-cAMP-Kv1 inhibitory signaling. Their model elucidates the on / off switch of CIN pause, likely due to the different DA affinity between D2R and D5R. This machinery may be crucial in modulating synaptic plasticity in cortical-striatal circuits during motor learning and execution. Furthermore, the study bridges their previous finding of CIN hyperexcitability (Paz et al., Movement Disorder 2022) with the loss of pause response in LID mice.

Strengths:

The study had solid findings, and the writing was logically structured and easy to follow. The experiments are well-designed, and they properly combined electrophysiology recording, optogenetics, and pharmacological treatment to dissect/rule out most, if not all, possible mechanisms in their model.

Weaknesses:

The manuscript is overall satisfying with only some minor concerns that need to be addressed. Manipulation of intracellular cAMP (e.g. using pharmacological analogs or inhibitors) can add additional evidence to strengthen the conclusion.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

Tubert et al. investigate the mechanisms underlying the pause response in striatal cholinergic interneurons (SCINs). The authors demonstrate that optogenetic activation of thalamic axons in the striatum induces burst activity in SCINs, followed by a brief pause in firing. They show that the duration of this pause correlates with the number of elicited action potentials, suggesting a burst-dependent pause mechanism. The authors demonstrated this burst-dependent pause relied on Kv1 channels. The pause is blocked by an SKF81297 and partially by sulpiride and mecamylamine, implicating D1/D5 receptor involvement. The study also shows that the ZD7288 does not reduce the duration of the pause and that lesioning dopamine neurons abolishes this response, which can be restored by clozapine.

Weaknesses:

While this study presents an interesting mechanism for SCIN pausing after burst activity, there are several major concerns that should be addressed:

(1) Scope of the Mechanism:

It is important to clarify that the proposed mechanism may apply specifically to the pause in SCINs following burst activity. The manuscript does not provide clear evidence that this mechanism contributes to the pause response observed in behavioral animals. While the thalamus is crucial for SCIN pauses in behavioral contexts, the exact mechanism remains unclear. Activating thalamic input triggers burst activity in SCINs, leading to a subsequent pause, but this mechanism may not be generalizable across different scenarios. For instance, approximately half of TANs do not exhibit initial excitation but still pause during behavior, suggesting that the burst-dependent pause mechanism is unlikely to explain this phenomenon. Furthermore, in behavioral animals, the duration of the pause seems consistent, whereas the proposed mechanism suggests it depends on the prior burst, which is not aligned with in vivo observations. Additionally, many in vivo recordings show that the pause response is a reduction in firing rate, not complete silence, which the mechanism described here does not explain. Please address these in the manuscript.

(2) Terminology:

The use of "pause response" throughout the manuscript is misleading. The pause induced by thalamic input in brain slices is distinct from the pause observed in behavioral animals. Given the lack of a clear link between these two phenomena in the manuscript, it is essential to use more precise terminology throughout, including in the title, bullet points, and body of the manuscript.

(3) Kv1 Blocker Specificity:

It is unclear how the authors ruled out the possibility that the Kv1 blocker did not act directly on SCINs. Could there be an indirect effect contributing to the burst-dependent pause? Clarification on this point would strengthen the interpretation of the results.

(4) Role of D1 Receptors:

While it is well-established that activating thalamic input to SCINs triggers dopamine release, contributing to SCIN pausing (as shown in Figure 3), it would be helpful to assess the extent to which D1 receptors contribute to this burst-dependent pause. This could be achieved by applying the D1 agonist SKF81297 after blocking nAChRs and D2 receptors.

(5) Clozapine's Mechanism of Action:

The restoration of the burst-dependent pause by clozapine following dopamine neuron lesioning is interesting, but clozapine acts on multiple receptors beyond D1 and D5. Although it may be challenging to find a specific D5 antagonist or inverse agonist, it would be more accurate to state that clozapine restores the burst-dependent pause without conclusively attributing this effect to D5 receptors.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The paper uses rigorous methods to determine phase dynamics from human cortical stereotactic EEGs. It finds that the power of the phase is higher at the lowest spatial phase.

Strengths:

Rigorous and advanced analysis methods.

Weaknesses:

The novelty and significance of the results are difficult to appreciate from the current version of the paper.

(1) It is very difficult to understand which experiments were analysed, and from where they were taken, reading the abstract. This is a problem both for clarity with regard to the reader and for attribution of merit to the people who collected the data.

(2) The finding that the power is higher at the lowest spatial phase seems in tune with a lot of previous studies. The novelty here is unclear and it should be elaborated better. I could not understand reading the paper the advantage I would have if I used such a technique on my data. I think that this should be clear to every reader.

(3) It seems problematic to trust in a strong conclusion that they show low spatial frequency dynamics of up to 15-20 cm given the sparsity of the arrays. The authors seem to agree with this concern in the last paragraph of page 12. They also say that it would be informative to repeat the analyses presented here after the selection of more participants from all available datasets. It begs the question of why this was not done. It should be done if possible.

(4) Some of the analyses seem not to exploit in full the power of the dataset. Usually, a figure starts with an example participant but then the analysis of the entire dataset is not as exhaustive. For example, in Figure 6 we have a first row with the single participants and then an average over participants. One would expect quantifications of results from each participant (i.e. from the top rows of GFg 6) extracting some relevant features of results from each participant and then showing the distribution of these features across participants. This would complement the subject average analysis.

(5) The function of brain phase dynamics at different frequencies and scales has been examined in previous papers at frequencies and scales relevant to what the authors treat. The authors may want to be more extensive with citing relevant studies and elaborating on the implications for them. Some examples below:<br /> Womelsdorf T, et alScience. 2007<br /> Besserve M et al. PloS Biology 2015<br /> Nauhaus I et al Nat Neurosci 2009

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

In this paper, the authors analyze the organization of phases across different spatial scales. The authors analyze intracranial, stereo-electroencephalogram (sEEG) recordings from human clinical patients. The authors estimate the phase at each sEEG electrode at discrete temporal frequencies. They then use higher-order SVD (HOSVD) to estimate the spatial frequency spectrum of the organization of phase in a data-driven manner. Based on this analysis, the authors conclude that most of the variance explained is due to spatially extended organizations of phase, suggesting that the best description of brain activity in space and time is in fact a globally organized process. The authors' analysis is also able to rule out several important potential confounds for the analysis of spatiotemporal dynamics in EEG.

Strengths:

There are many strengths in the manuscript, including the authors' use of SVD to address the limitation of irregular sampling and their analyses ruling out potential confounds for these signals in the EEG.

Weaknesses:

Some important weaknesses are not properly acknowledged, and some conclusions are over-interpreted given the evidence presented.

The central weakness is that the analyses estimate phase from all signal time points using wavelets with a narrow frequency band (see Methods - "Numerical methods"). This step makes the assumption that phase at a particular frequency band is meaningful at all times; however, this is not necessarily the case. Take, for example, the analysis in Figure 3, which focuses on a temporal frequency of 9.2 Hz. If we compare the corresponding wavelet to the raw sEEG signal across multiple points in time, this will look like an amplitude-modulated 9.2 Hz sinusoid to which the raw sEEG signal will not correspond at all. While the authors may argue that analyzing the spatial organization of phase across many temporal frequencies will provide insight into the system, there is no guarantee that the spatial organization of phase at many individual temporal frequencies converges to the correct description of the full sEEG signal. This is a critical point for the analysis because while this analysis of the spatial organization of phase could provide some interesting results, this analysis also requires a very strong assumption about oscillations, specifically that the phase at a particular frequency (e.g. 9.2 Hz in Figure 3, or 8.0 Hz in Figure 5) is meaningful at all points in time. If this is not true, then the foundation of the analysis may not be precisely clear. This has an impact on the results presented here, specifically where the authors assert that "phase measured at a single contact in the grey matter is more strongly a function of global phase organization than local". Finally, the phase examples given in Supplementary Figure 5 are not strongly convincing to support this point.

Another weakness is in the discussion on spatial scale. In the analyses, the authors separate contributions at (approximately) > 15 cm as macroscopic and < 15 cm as mesoscopic. The problem with the "macroscopic" here is that 15 cm is essentially on the scale of the whole brain, without accounting for the fact that organization in sub-systems may occur. For example, if a specific set of cortical regions, spanning over a 10 cm range, were to exhibit a consistent organization of phase at a particular temporal frequency (required by the analysis technique, as noted above), it is not clear why that would not be considered a "macroscopic" organization of phase, since it comprises multiple areas of the brain acting in coordination. Further, while this point could be considered as mostly semantic in nature, there is also an important technical consideration here: would spatial phase organizations occurring in varying subsets of electrodes and with somewhat variable temporal frequency reliably be detected? If this is not the case, then could it be possible that the lowest spatial frequencies are detected more often simply because it would be difficult to detect variable organizations in subsets of electrodes?

Another weakness is disregarding the potential spike waveform artifact in the sEEG signal in the context of these analyses. Specifically, Zanos et al. (J Neurophysiol, 2011) showed that spike waveform artifacts can contaminate electrode recordings down to approximately 60 Hz. This point is important to consider in the context of the manuscript's results on spatial organization at temporal frequencies up to 100 Hz. Because the spike waveform artifact might affect signal phase at frequencies above 60 Hz, caution may be important in interpreting this point as evidence that there is significant phase organization across the cortex at these temporal frequencies.

A last point is that, even though the present results provide some insight into the organization of phase across the human brain, the analyses do not directly link this to spiking activity. The predictive power that these spatial organizations of phase could provide for spiking activity - even if the analyses were not affected by the distortion due to the narrow-frequency assumption - remains unknown. This is important because relating back to spiking activity is the key factor in assessing whether these specific analyses of phase can provide insight into neural circuit dynamics. This type of analysis may be possible to do with the sEEG recordings, as well, by analyzing high-gamma power (Ray and Maunsell, PLoS Biology, 2011), which can provide an index of multi-unit spiking activity around the electrodes.

Reviewer #3 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors propose a method for estimation of the spatial spectra of cortical activity from irregularly sampled data and apply it to publicly available intracranial EEG data from human patients during a delayed free recall task. The authors' main findings are that the spatial spectra of cortical activity peak at low spatial frequencies and decrease with increasing spatial frequency. This is observed over a broad range of temporal frequencies (2-100 Hz).

Strengths:

A strength of the study is the type of data that is used. As pointed out by the authors, spatial spectra of cortical activity are difficult to estimate from non-invasive measurements (EEG and MEG) due to signal mixing and from commonly used intracranial measurements (i.e. electrocorticography or Utah arrays) due to their limited spatial extent. In contrast, iEEG measurements are easier to interpret than EEG/MEG measurements and typically have larger spatial coverage than Utah arrays. However, iEEG is irregularly sampled within the three-dimensional brain volume and this poses a methodological problem that the proposed method aims to address.

Weaknesses:

The used method for estimating spatial spectra from irregularly sampled data is weak in several respects.

First, the proposed method is ad hoc, whereas there exist well-developed (Fourier-based) methods for this. The authors don't clarify why no standard methods are used, nor do they carry out a comparative evaluation.

Second, the proposed method lacks a theoretical foundation and hinges on a qualitative resemblance between Fourier analysis and singular value decomposition.

Third, the proposed method is not thoroughly tested using simulated data. Hence it remains unclear how accurate the estimated power spectra actually are.

In addition, there are a number of technical issues and limitations that need to be addressed or clarified (see recommendations to the authors).

My assessment is that the conclusions are not completely supported by the analyses. What would convince me, is if the method is tested on simulated cortical activity in a more realistic set-up. I do believe, however, that if the authors can convincingly show that the estimated spatial spectra are accurate, the study will have an impact on the field. Regarding the methodology, I don't think that it will become a standard method in the field due to its ad hoc nature and well-developed alternatives.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

This paper examines changes in relaxation time (T1 and T2) and magnetization transfer parameters that occur in a model system and in vivo when cells or tissue are depolarized using an equimolar extracellular solution with different concentrations of the depolarizing ion K+. The motivation is to explain T2 changes that have previously been observed by the authors in an in vivo model with neural stimulation (DIANA) and to try provide a mechanism to explain those changes.

Strengths:

The authors argue that the use of various concentrations of KCL in the extracellular fluid depolarize or hyperpolarize the cell pellets used and that this change in membrane potential is the driving force for the T2 (and T1-supplementary material) changes observed. In particular, they report an increase in T2 with increasing KCL concentration in the extracellular fluid (ECF) of pellets of SH-SY5Y cells. To offset the increasing osmolarity of the ECF due to the increase in KCL, the NaCL molarity of the ECF is proportionally reduced. The authors measure the intracellular voltage using patch clamp recordings, which is a gold standard. With 80 mM of KCL in the ECF, a change in T2 of the cell pellets of ~10 ms is observed with the intracellular potential recorded as about -6 mv. A very large T1 increase of ~90 ms is reported under the same conditions. The PSR (ratio of hydrogen protons on macromolecules to free water) decreases by about 10% at this 80 mM KCL concentration. Similar results are seen in a Jurkat cell line and similar, but far smaller changes are observed in vivo, for a variety of reasons discussed. As a final control, T1 and T2 values are measured in the various equimolar KCL solutions. As expected, no significant changes in T1 and T2 of the ECF were observed for these concentrations.

Weaknesses:

While the concepts presented are interesting, and the actual experimental methods seem to be nicely executed, the conclusions are not supported by the data for a number of reasons. This is not to say that the data isn't consistent with the conclusions, but there are other controls not included that would be necessary to draw the conclusion that it is membrane potential that is driving these T1 and T2 changes. Unfortunately for these authors, similar experiments conducted in 2008 (Stroman et al. Magn. Reson. in Med. 59:700-706) found similar results (increased T2 with KCL) but with a different mechanism, that they provide definite proof for. This study was not referenced in the current work.

It is well established that cells swell/shrink upon depolarization/hyperpolarization. Cell swelling is accompanied by increased light transmittance in vivo, and this should be true in the pellet system as well. In a beautiful series of experiments, Stroman et al. (2008) showed in perfused brain slices that the cells swell upon equimolar KCL depolarization and the light transmittance increases. The time course of these changes is quite slow, of the order of many minutes, both for the T2-weighted MRI signal and for the light transmittance. Stroman et al. also show that hypoosmotic changes produce the exact same timecourse as the KCL depolarization changes (and vice versa for the hyperosmotic changes - which cause cell shrinkage). Their conclusion, therefore, was that cell swelling (not membrane potential) was the cause of the T2-weighted changes observed, and that these were relatively slow (on the scale of many minutes).

What are the implications for the current study? Well, for one, the authors cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes, as they have not measured that. It is however well established that cell swelling occurs during depolarization, so this is not in question. Water in the pelletized cells is in slow/intermediate exchange with the ECF, and the solutions for the two compartment relaxation model for this are well established (see Menon and Allen, Magn. Reson. in Med. 20:214-227 (1991). The T2 relaxation times should be multiexponential (see point (3) further below). The current work cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes (it is mentioned in the paper, but not dealt with). Water entering cells dilutes the protein structures, changes rotational correlation times of the proteins in the cell and is known to increase T2. The PSR confirms that this is indeed happening, so the data in this work is completely consistent with the Stroman work and completely consistent with cell swelling associated with depolarization. The authors should have performed light scattering studies to demonstrate the presence or absence of cell swelling. Measuring intracellular potential is not enough to clarify the mechanism.

So why does it matter whether the mechanism is cell swelling or membrane potential? The reason is response time. Cell swelling due to depolarization is a slow process, slower than hemodynamic responses that characterize BOLD. In fact, cell swelling under normal homeostatic conditions in vivo is virtually non-existent. Only sustained depolarization events typically associated with non-naturalistic stimuli or brain dysfunction produce cell swelling. Membrane potential changes associated with neural activity, on the other hand, are very fast. In this manuscript, the authors have convincingly shown a signal change that is virtually the same as what was seen in the Stroman publication, but they have not shown that there is a response that can be detected with anything approaching the timescale of an action potential. So one cannot definitely say that the changes observed are due to membrane potential. One can only say they are consistent with cell swelling, regardless of what causes the cell swelling.

For this mechanism to be relevant to explaining DIANA, one needs to show that the cell swelling changes occur within a millisecond, which has never been reported. If one knows the populations of ECF and pellet, the T2s of the ECF and pellet and the volume change of the cells in the pellet, one can model any expected T2 changes due to neuronal activity. I think one would find that these are minuscule within the context of an action potential, or even bulk action potential.

There are a few smaller issues that should be addressed.<br /> (1) Why were complicated imaging sequences used to measure T1 and T2? On a Bruker system it should be possible to do very simple acquisitions with hard pulses (which will not need dictionaries and such to get quantitative numbers). Of course, this can only be done sample by sample and would take longer, but it avoids a lot of complication to correct the RF pulses used for imaging, which leads me to the 2nd point.<br /> (2) Figure S1 (H) is unlike any exponential T2 decay I have seen in almost 40 years of making T2 measurements. The strange plateau at the beginning and the bump around TE = 25 ms are odd. These could just be noise, but the fitted curve exactly reproduces these features. A monoexponential T2 decay cannot, by definition, produce a fit shaped like this.<br /> (3) As noted earlier, layered samples produce biexponential T2 decays and monoexponential T1 decays. I don't quite see how this was accounted for in the fitting of the data from the pellet preparations. I realize that these are spatially resolved measurements, but the imaging slice shown seems to be at the boundary of the pellet and the extracellular media and there definitely should be a biexponential water proton decay curve. Only 5 echo times were used, so this is part of the problem, but it does mean that the T2 reported is a population fraction weighted average of the T2 in the two compartments.<br /> (4) Delta T1 and T2 values are presented for the pellets in wells, but no absolute values are presented for either the pellets or the KCL solutions that I could find.

Reviewer #2 (Public review):

Summary:

Min et al. attempt to demonstrate that magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect changes in neuronal membrane potentials. They approach this goal by studying how MRI contrast and cellular potentials together respond to treatment of cultured cells with ionic solutions. The authors specifically study two MRI-based measurements: (A) the transverse (T2) relaxation rate, which reflects microscopic magnetic fields caused by solutes and biological structures; and (B) the fraction or "pool size ratio" (PSR) of water molecules estimated to be bound to macromolecules, using an MRI technique called magnetization transfer (MT) imaging. They see that depolarizing K+ and Ba2+ concentrations lead to T2 increases and PSR decreases that vary approximately linearly with voltage in a neuroblastoma cell line and that change similarly in a second cell type. They also show that depolarizing potassium concentrations evoke reversible T2 increases in rat brains and that these changes are reversed when potassium is renormalized. Min et al. argue that this implies that membrane potential changes cause the MRI effects, providing a potential basis for detecting cellular voltages by noninvasive imaging. If this were true, it would help validate a recent paper published by some of the authors (Toi et al., Science 378:160-8, 2022), in which they claimed to be able to detect millisecond-scale neuronal responses by MRI.

Strengths:

The discovery of a mechanism for relating cellular membrane potential to MRI contrast could yield an important means for studying functions of the nervous system. Achieving this has been a longstanding goal in the MRI community, but previous strategies have proven too weak or insufficiently reproducible for neuroscientific or clinical applications. The current paper suggests remarkably that one of the simplest and most widely used MRI contrast mechanisms-T2 weighted imaging-may indicate membrane potentials if measured in the absence of the hemodynamic signals that most functional MRI (fMRI) experiments rely on. The authors make their case using a diverse set of quantitative tests that include controls for ion and cell type-specificity of their in vitro results and reversibility of MRI changes observed in vivo.

Weaknesses:

The major weakness of the paper is that it uses correlational data to conclude that there is a causational relationship between membrane potential and MRI contrast. Alternative explanations that could explain the authors' findings are not adequately considered. Most notably, depolarizing ionic solutions can also induce changes in cellular volume and tissue structure that in turn alter MRI contrast properties similarly to the results shown here. For example, a study by Stroman et al. (Magn Reson Med 59:700-6, 2008) reported reversible potassium-dependent T2 increases in neural tissue that correlate closely with light scattering-based indications of cell swelling. Phi Van et al. (Sci Adv 10:eadl2034, 2024) showed that potassium addition to one of the cell lines used here likewise leads to cell size increases and T2 increases. Such effects could in principle account for Min et al.'s results, and indeed it is difficult to see how they would not contribute, but they occur on a time scale far too slow to yield useful indications of membrane potential. The authors' observation that PSR correlates negatively with T2 in their experiments is also consistent with this explanation, given the inverse relationship usually observed (and mechanistically expected) between these two parameters. If the authors could show a tight correspondence between millisecond-scale membrane potential changes and MRI contrast, their argument for a causal connection or a useful correlational relationship between membrane potential and image contrast would be much stronger. As it is, however, the article does not succeed in demonstrating that membrane potential changes can be detected by MRI.

Reviewer #1 (Public review):

Summary:

The authors explore a large-scale electrophysiological dataset collected in 10 labs while mice performed the same behavioral task, and aim to establish guidelines to aid reproducibility of results collected across labs. They introduce a series of metrics for quality control of electrophysiological data and show that histological verification of recording sites is important for interpreting findings across labs and should be reported in addition to planned coordinates. Furthermore, the authors suggest that although basic electrophysiology features were comparable across labs, task modulation of single neurons can be variable, particularly for some brain regions. The authors then use a multi-task neural network model to examine how neural dynamics relate to multiple interacting task- and experimenter-related variables, and find that lab-specific differences contribute little to the variance observed. Therefore, analysis approaches that account for correlated behavioral variables are important for establishing reproducible results when working with electrophysiological data from animals performing decision-making tasks. This paper is very well-motivated and needed. However, what is missing is a direct comparison of task modulation of neurons across labs using standard analysis practice in the fields, such as generalized linear model (GLM). This can potentially clarify how much behavioral variance contributes to the neural variance across labs; and more accurately estimate the scale of the issues of reproducibility in behavioral systems neuroscience, where conclusions often depend on these standard analysis methods.

Strength: